1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15192 12238))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil
)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil
)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil
)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil
)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil
)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil
)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil
)
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil
)
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15294 47094))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil
)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil
)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
157 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
158 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
160 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
162 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
163 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
164 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
166 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
167 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
170 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
171 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil
)
173 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
174 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
175 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
176 the change log file in another window." t nil
)
177 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
179 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
180 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
181 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
182 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
183 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
184 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil
)
186 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
187 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
190 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
193 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
195 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
196 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
198 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
199 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
201 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
202 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
203 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
204 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
205 `add-log-current-defun-function'
207 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil
)
209 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
210 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
211 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
212 the appropriate motion commands).
214 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
215 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil
)
217 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
218 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil
)
222 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
223 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15185
225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
227 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
228 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
229 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
230 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
231 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
232 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
233 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
234 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
235 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
236 interpreted as `error'.")
238 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
239 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
240 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
241 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
242 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
243 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
244 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
245 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
247 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
248 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
249 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
250 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
251 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
252 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
253 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
254 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
255 will be overwritten with the new one.
256 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
257 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
258 will clear the cache." nil nil
)
260 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
261 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
262 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
264 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
265 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
268 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
269 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
270 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
271 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
272 see also `ad-add-advice'.
273 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
274 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
275 before/around/after-advices will be used.
276 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
277 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
278 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
279 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
280 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
281 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
283 Semantics of the various flags:
284 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
285 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
286 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
288 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
289 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
291 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
292 advised function should be compiled.
294 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
295 during activation until somebody enables it.
297 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
298 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
299 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
300 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
302 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
303 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
304 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
305 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
306 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
309 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil
(quote macro
))
313 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
314 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
315 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15192 12206))
316 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
318 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
319 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
320 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
321 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
322 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
323 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
324 rule's `separate' attribute).
326 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
327 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
328 `separate' attribute set.
330 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
331 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
332 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
333 on the format of these lists." t nil
)
335 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
336 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
337 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
338 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
339 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
340 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
341 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
342 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
343 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
344 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
347 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
348 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
352 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
355 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
356 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
357 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil
)
359 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
360 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
361 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
362 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
363 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
364 align that section." t nil
)
366 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
367 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
368 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
369 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
370 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
371 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
372 been used to align that section." t nil
)
374 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
375 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
376 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
377 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
378 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
379 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
380 to be colored." t nil
)
382 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
383 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil
)
385 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
386 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil
)
390 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
391 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15292 25972))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
393 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
396 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
397 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
398 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
399 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
400 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil
)
402 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil
)
404 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
406 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist
) (setq file-name-handler-alist
(cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function
)) file-name-handler-alist
)))
410 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
411 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15223 37897))
412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
414 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
415 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
416 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
417 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
418 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
419 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
420 in the current window." nil nil
)
422 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
423 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
424 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil
)
426 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
427 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil
)
431 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
432 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14969 37995))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
435 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
436 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil
)
438 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
439 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
441 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
442 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
443 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
444 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
446 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
447 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
449 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil
)
453 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
454 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15242 17023))
455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
457 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
458 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
459 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
460 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
461 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
464 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
465 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
466 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
469 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
470 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
471 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
472 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil
)
474 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
475 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
476 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil
)
478 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
479 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
480 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil
)
484 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
485 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
486 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
487 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15192 12220))
488 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
490 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
491 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
492 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
493 as the first thing on a line.")
495 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
496 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
498 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
499 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
501 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
502 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
504 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
505 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
507 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
508 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
510 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
511 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
513 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
514 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
515 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
517 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
518 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
519 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil
)
521 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
522 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil
)
524 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
525 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
526 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
527 put in the appointments list.
531 10:00am group meeting
532 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
533 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
534 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil
)
538 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
539 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15298
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
543 (autoload (quote apropos-mode
) "apropos" "\
544 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
546 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil
)
548 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
549 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
550 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
551 normal variables." t nil
)
553 (fset (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
555 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
556 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
557 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
558 noninteractive functions.
560 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
561 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil
)
563 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
564 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
565 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
566 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
567 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
569 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
570 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
571 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
572 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
573 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil
)
575 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
576 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
577 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
578 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
580 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil
)
584 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15260
586 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
588 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
589 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
590 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
591 Letters no longer insert themselves.
592 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
593 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
595 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
596 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
599 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil
)
603 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15192 12207))
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
606 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
607 Major mode for editing arrays.
609 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
610 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
611 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
613 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
615 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
616 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
617 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
619 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
620 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
621 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
622 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
625 Variables you assign:
626 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
627 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
628 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
629 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
630 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
631 row numbers in the buffer.
633 Variables which are calculated:
634 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
635 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
637 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
638 take a numeric prefix argument):
640 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
641 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
642 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
643 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
645 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
646 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
647 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
648 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
650 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
651 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
652 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
653 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
655 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
656 between that of point and mark.
658 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
659 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
661 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
662 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
663 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
664 newlines inside rows)
666 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
668 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil
)
672 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15192
674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
676 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
677 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
678 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
679 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
681 How to quit artist mode
683 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
686 How to submit a bug report
688 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
691 Drawing with the mouse:
694 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
695 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
699 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
702 Operation Not shifted Shifted
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
706 --------------------------------------------------------------
707 Line Line in any direction Straight line
708 --------------------------------------------------------------
709 Rectangle Rectangle Square
710 --------------------------------------------------------------
711 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
712 --------------------------------------------------------------
713 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
714 --------------------------------------------------------------
715 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
716 --------------------------------------------------------------
717 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
718 --------------------------------------------------------------
719 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
736 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
737 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
738 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
739 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
742 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
743 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
744 overwrite means the opposite.
746 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
747 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
748 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
750 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
752 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
753 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
755 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
756 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
757 are currently drawing something.
759 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
763 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
764 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
769 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
771 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
773 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
775 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
777 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
778 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
780 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
785 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
786 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
787 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
788 When erase characters: toggles erasing
789 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
792 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
794 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
796 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
797 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
798 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
799 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
800 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
801 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
806 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
807 of the line/poly-line
809 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
810 of the line/poly-line
815 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
817 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
818 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
819 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
820 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
821 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
822 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
823 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
824 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
825 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
826 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
827 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
828 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
829 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
830 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
831 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
832 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
833 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
834 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
835 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
836 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
841 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
842 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
844 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
845 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
846 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
847 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
848 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
849 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
850 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
851 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
852 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
853 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
854 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
855 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
856 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
857 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
858 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
859 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
860 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
861 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
862 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
866 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
867 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
872 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil
)
876 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
880 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
881 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
882 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
884 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
885 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
886 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
887 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
889 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
890 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
892 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
893 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
895 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
903 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
904 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
907 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
910 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
911 This command is obsolete." t nil
)
915 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
916 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
917 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
919 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
920 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
921 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
923 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
925 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg
) (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
927 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
929 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
930 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
931 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
933 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
934 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
935 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
936 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
937 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
938 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
941 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
942 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
943 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
944 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
945 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
947 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil
)
949 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
950 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
951 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
953 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
955 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp
) (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
957 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote autoarg
))
959 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
960 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
961 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
962 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
963 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
964 &c to supply digit arguments.
966 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil
)
970 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
971 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
974 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
975 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil
)
979 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
980 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
981 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
983 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
984 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
985 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil
)
987 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
988 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
989 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
990 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil
)
992 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
993 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
994 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
996 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
998 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert
) (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1000 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote autoinsert
))
1002 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1003 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1004 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1005 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1007 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1008 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil
)
1012 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1013 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1014 ;;;;;; (15293 42341))
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1017 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1018 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1019 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1020 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil
)
1022 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories
) "autoload" "\
1023 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1024 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil
)
1026 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1027 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1028 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil
)
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1033 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1034 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1037 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1038 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1040 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1043 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1044 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1046 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1047 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1049 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert
) (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1051 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote autorevert
))
1053 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1054 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1056 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1057 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1058 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil
)
1060 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1061 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1063 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1064 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil
)
1066 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1067 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1069 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1070 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1071 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil
)
1075 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1076 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 49176))
1077 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1079 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1080 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1081 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1083 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1085 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid
) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote custom-variable
))
1087 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) (quote avoid
))
1089 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1090 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1091 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1092 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1094 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1095 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1096 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1098 Effects of the different modes:
1099 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1100 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1101 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1102 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1103 a random distance & direction.
1104 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1105 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1106 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1108 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1110 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1111 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1112 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil
)
1116 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1120 (autoload (quote awk-mode
) "awk-mode" "\
1121 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1122 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1123 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1124 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1126 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil
)
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1131 ;;;;;; (15251 43414))
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1134 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1135 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1137 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1138 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1142 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1143 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1144 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1145 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1147 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil
(quote macro
))
1149 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1154 ;;;;;; (15223 37886))
1155 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1157 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1158 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1159 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1160 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil
)
1162 (autoload (quote display-battery
) "battery" "\
1163 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1164 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1165 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1166 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1171 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15054
1173 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1175 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1176 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1178 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1179 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1180 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1181 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1185 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1187 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1188 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1189 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1190 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1191 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1193 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1194 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1195 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1196 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1197 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1198 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1200 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1201 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1205 Special information:
1207 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1209 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1210 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1211 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1212 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1213 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1214 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1216 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1217 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1219 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1220 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1221 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1222 bibtex-entry-format.
1223 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1224 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1225 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1227 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1228 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1230 The following may be of interest as well:
1238 bibtex-complete-string
1240 bibtex-print-help-message
1241 bibtex-generate-autokey
1242 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1244 bibtex-reposition-window
1246 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1248 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1254 bibtex-convert-alien
1257 bibtex-field-delimiters
1258 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1259 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1260 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1262 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1263 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1264 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1265 bibtex-predefined-strings
1268 ---------------------------------------------------------
1269 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1272 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil
)
1276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15192 12228))
1277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1279 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1283 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1287 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1288 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1293 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1294 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1295 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1296 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1297 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1302 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1303 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1306 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1309 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1310 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1312 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1313 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1315 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1316 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1317 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1318 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1319 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1320 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1324 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1326 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1327 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1328 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1329 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1331 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1332 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1333 denoted by the letter `R'.
1335 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1336 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1337 denoted by the letter `H'.
1339 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1342 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1343 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1344 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1345 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1346 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1347 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1350 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1351 degree deflection it causes.
1354 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1355 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1356 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1357 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1358 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1359 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1360 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1361 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1364 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1365 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1371 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1374 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1377 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1378 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1379 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1380 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1381 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1382 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1383 emerging from the box.
1385 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1392 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1394 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1396 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1397 a reflection." t nil
)
1401 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1402 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1403 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1404 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1405 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1406 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15296 35571))
1407 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1408 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1409 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1410 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1412 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1413 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1414 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1415 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1416 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1417 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1419 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map
))
1421 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" (quote bookmark-set
))
1423 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" (quote bookmark-set
))
1425 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1427 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" (quote bookmark-jump
))
1429 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" (quote bookmark-insert
))
1431 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" (quote edit-bookmarks
))
1433 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1435 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" (quote bookmark-rename
))
1437 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" (quote bookmark-delete
))
1439 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" (quote bookmark-load
))
1441 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" (quote bookmark-write
))
1443 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" (quote bookmark-save
))
1445 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1446 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1447 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1448 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1449 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1450 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1451 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1452 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1455 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1456 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1457 yank successive words.
1459 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1460 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1461 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1462 name of the file being visited.
1464 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1465 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1466 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil
)
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1469 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1470 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1471 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1472 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1475 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1476 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1477 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1478 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil
)
1480 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1481 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1482 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1483 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1484 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil
)
1486 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1487 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1488 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1489 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil
)
1491 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1493 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1494 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1495 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1496 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1498 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1499 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1500 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1502 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1503 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1506 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1507 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1508 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1509 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1510 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1513 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1514 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1515 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1516 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1517 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1518 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1519 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1520 probably because we were called from there." t nil
)
1522 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1523 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1524 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil
)
1526 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1527 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1528 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1529 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1532 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1533 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1534 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1535 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1536 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1538 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1539 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1540 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1541 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil
)
1543 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1544 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1545 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1546 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1547 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1550 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1551 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1552 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1553 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1554 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1557 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1558 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1559 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1560 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil
)
1562 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1563 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1564 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1565 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1566 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil
)
1568 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1570 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1572 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1573 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1574 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1575 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1576 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1579 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1580 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1581 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1583 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1584 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1585 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1586 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1587 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate
) "bookmark" "\
1595 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1596 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1598 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1599 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1600 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1602 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1603 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1604 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1605 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1606 prompts for NEWNAME.
1607 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1608 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1609 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1611 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1612 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1615 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1616 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1617 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1619 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1620 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1621 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1622 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1623 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1624 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1626 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1627 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1628 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil
)
1630 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1632 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map
)))
1634 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1636 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1656 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1657 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1658 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1659 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1660 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1661 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1665 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1668 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1669 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1670 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1671 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1673 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1674 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1675 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1676 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1677 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1679 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1680 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1681 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1682 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1683 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1685 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1686 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1688 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1689 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1690 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1692 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1693 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1695 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1696 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1697 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1698 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1699 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1700 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1702 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1703 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1704 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1705 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1708 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1709 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1712 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1716 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1717 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1719 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1720 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1721 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1722 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1724 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1725 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1726 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1727 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1728 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1733 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1734 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1736 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1737 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1738 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1739 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1741 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1742 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1744 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1745 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1746 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1747 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1749 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1750 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1751 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1752 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1754 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1755 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1757 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1758 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1760 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1761 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1762 program is invoked according to the variable
1763 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1765 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1766 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1767 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1768 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1770 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1771 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1773 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1774 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1775 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1778 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1779 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1780 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1782 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1783 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1784 Default to the URL around or before point.
1786 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1787 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1788 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1790 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1791 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1792 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1793 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1795 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1796 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1802 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1803 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1804 Default to the URL around or before point.
1806 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1807 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1808 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1810 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1811 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1813 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1814 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1815 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1816 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1818 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1819 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1820 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1821 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1822 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1824 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1825 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1826 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1827 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1831 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1832 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1837 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1838 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1839 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1843 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1844 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1845 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1848 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1849 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1850 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1851 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1853 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1854 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1856 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1857 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1858 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1859 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1860 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1861 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1863 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1864 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1865 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1869 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1873 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1874 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1876 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1877 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1881 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1882 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15293 42332))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1885 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1886 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1887 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1888 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1890 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1891 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1892 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1893 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1895 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1896 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1898 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1899 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1901 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1902 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1903 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1904 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1906 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1907 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1908 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1909 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1910 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1914 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1915 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15298
1917 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1919 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1920 Keymap used by buttons.")
1922 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1923 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1924 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1926 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1927 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1928 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1929 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1930 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1931 creating the button).
1933 The property `supertype' may be used to specify a button-type from which
1934 NAME inherits its default property values (however, the inheritance
1935 happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent changes to a supertype are
1936 not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
1938 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
1939 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1940 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1941 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1942 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1943 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1945 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
1947 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
1948 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1949 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1950 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1951 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1952 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1954 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
1956 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
1957 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1958 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1959 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1960 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1961 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1963 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
1964 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
1965 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
1968 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
1970 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
1971 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1972 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1973 specifying properties to add to the button. In particular, the `type'
1974 property may be used to specify a button-type from which to inherit
1975 other properties; see `define-button-type'.
1977 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
1978 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
1979 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
1980 `insert-text-button'.
1982 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
1986 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1987 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1988 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1989 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15297 12856))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1992 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1993 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1994 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1996 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1997 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1998 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1999 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2001 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2002 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2003 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2004 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2006 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2008 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2009 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2011 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2012 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2013 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2014 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2015 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2017 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2018 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2019 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2020 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2022 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2023 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2024 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2026 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2027 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2028 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2029 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2030 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2031 all functions called by those functions.
2033 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2034 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2037 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2038 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2039 invoked interactively." t nil)
2041 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2042 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2043 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2044 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2045 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2046 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
2048 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2049 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2050 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2051 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15192 12220))
2056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2058 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2060 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2064 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2065 ;;;;;; (15192 12220))
2066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2068 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2069 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2070 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2071 from the cursor position." t nil)
2075 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15281
2077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2079 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2080 Run the Emacs calculator.
2081 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2085 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2086 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2087 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2088 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2089 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2090 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2091 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2092 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2093 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2094 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2095 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2096 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2097 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2098 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2099 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2100 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2101 ;;;;;; (15292 25969))
2102 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2104 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2105 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2106 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2108 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2109 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2110 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2111 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2114 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2115 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2116 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2117 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2118 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2120 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2121 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2122 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2123 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2124 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2125 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2126 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2128 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2129 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2130 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2131 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2132 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2134 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2135 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2136 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2138 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2139 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2140 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2142 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2143 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2144 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2146 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2147 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2148 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2151 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2152 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2153 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2155 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2156 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2157 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2159 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2161 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2162 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2163 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2165 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2168 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2169 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2170 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2172 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2175 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2176 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2177 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2179 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2180 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2181 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2182 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2183 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2185 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2186 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2187 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2188 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2189 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2190 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2191 a function is also provided for this:
2192 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2194 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2195 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2196 date is not visible in the window.
2198 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2199 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2200 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2202 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2203 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2205 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2206 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2207 date is visible in the window.
2209 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2210 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2211 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2213 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2214 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2218 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2220 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2222 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2223 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2225 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2233 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2234 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2235 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2236 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2237 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2238 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2239 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2240 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2243 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2244 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2245 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2253 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2254 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2256 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2257 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2258 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2259 window but will appear in a diary window.
2261 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2262 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2264 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2265 entries (in the default American style):
2267 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2268 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2269 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2271 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2272 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2273 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2274 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2275 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2276 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2277 &* 15 time cards due.
2279 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2280 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2281 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2285 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2286 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2287 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2288 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2289 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2290 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2292 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2293 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2294 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2296 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2298 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2300 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2301 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2302 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2303 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2304 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2305 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2306 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2307 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2308 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2310 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2311 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2312 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2313 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2314 for these functions for details.
2316 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2317 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2319 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2320 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2322 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2323 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2325 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2326 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2328 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2329 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2330 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2332 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2333 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2334 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2336 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2337 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2338 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2339 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2341 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2342 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2343 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2344 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2352 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2353 characters with or without a period.")
2355 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2356 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2357 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2359 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2360 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2361 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2363 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2364 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2365 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2367 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2368 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2369 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2371 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2372 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2373 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2374 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2375 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2376 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2378 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2379 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2380 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2382 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2383 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2384 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2387 #include \"filename\"
2389 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2390 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2391 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2392 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2393 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2395 For example, you could use
2397 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2398 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2399 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2401 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2402 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2403 lexicographic order.")
2405 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2406 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2407 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2409 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2410 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2411 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2414 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2415 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2416 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2417 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2418 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2419 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2420 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2422 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2423 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2424 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2425 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2426 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2427 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2428 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2429 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2431 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2432 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2433 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2434 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2435 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2436 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2438 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2439 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2441 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2442 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2443 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2445 #include \"filename\"
2446 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2447 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2448 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2449 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2450 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2452 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2453 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2454 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2455 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2456 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2457 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2459 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2460 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2461 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2464 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2465 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2466 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2467 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2468 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2470 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2472 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2473 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2474 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2476 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2478 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2480 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2482 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2484 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2486 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2488 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2490 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2491 *User defined holidays.
2492 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2494 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2496 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2498 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2500 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2502 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2504 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2506 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2508 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2510 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2512 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2514 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2516 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2518 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2519 *Christian holidays.
2520 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2522 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2524 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2526 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2528 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2530 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2531 *Sun-related holidays.
2532 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2534 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2536 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2537 The frame set up of the calendar.
2538 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2539 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2540 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2541 any other value the current frame is used.")
2543 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2544 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2545 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15192 12240))
2550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2552 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2553 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2555 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2556 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2558 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2559 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2561 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2562 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2564 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2565 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2567 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2568 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2572 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2573 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2574 ;;;;;; (15122 26750))
2575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2577 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2579 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2580 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2581 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2582 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2583 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2584 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2588 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2589 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2593 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2595 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2596 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2597 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2598 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2599 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2600 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2603 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2605 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2606 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2607 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2610 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2612 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2613 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2614 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2615 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2616 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2617 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2620 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2622 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2623 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2627 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2629 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2630 Major mode for editing Java code.
2631 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2632 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2633 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2634 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2637 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2639 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2640 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2641 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2642 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2643 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2646 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2648 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2649 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2651 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2658 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2659 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2660 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2663 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2665 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2666 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2667 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2668 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2669 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2670 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2673 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2675 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2676 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2677 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2680 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15192 12241))
2686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2688 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2689 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2690 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2691 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2692 for details of setting up styles.
2694 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2697 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2698 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2699 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2700 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2703 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2704 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2705 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2707 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2708 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2709 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2710 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2712 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2714 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2715 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2716 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2718 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2719 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2720 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2721 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2722 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15192 12241))
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2729 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2730 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2731 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2732 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2733 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2735 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2736 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2738 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2743 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2744 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2745 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2748 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2749 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2754 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2755 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2757 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2758 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2759 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2760 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2763 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2765 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2766 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2768 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2769 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2773 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2774 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2775 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2778 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2779 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2780 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2781 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2783 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2784 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2787 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2789 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2791 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2794 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2797 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2798 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2799 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2802 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2804 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2805 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2806 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2808 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2810 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2812 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2813 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2815 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2819 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2821 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2823 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2824 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2827 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2828 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2831 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2833 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2834 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2835 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2836 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2837 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2838 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2839 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2840 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2841 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2842 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2843 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2844 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2845 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2846 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2847 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2848 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2851 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2852 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2854 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2855 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2857 | (write EXPRESSION)
2858 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2859 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2862 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2865 ;; Same as: (write string)
2867 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2868 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2869 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2872 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2873 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2874 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2875 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2876 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2877 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2879 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2880 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2882 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2885 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2886 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2887 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2889 ARG := REG | integer
2892 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2895 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2898 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2901 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2902 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2905 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2906 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2907 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2910 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2911 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2912 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2915 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2916 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2918 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2919 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2920 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2923 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2924 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2927 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2928 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2930 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2933 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2937 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2938 ;; Same meaning as C code
2939 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2941 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2946 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2947 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2950 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2951 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2955 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2959 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2960 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2961 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2963 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2964 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2965 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2966 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2967 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2969 " nil (quote macro))
2971 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2972 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2973 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2974 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2975 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2976 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2978 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2979 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2980 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2982 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2987 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2988 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2989 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2990 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2991 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2992 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2993 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2994 ;;;;;; (15271 8858))
2995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2997 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2998 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2999 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3000 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3002 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3003 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3004 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3005 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3006 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3007 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3008 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3009 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3012 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3013 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3014 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3015 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3016 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3017 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3018 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3020 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3021 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3022 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3023 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3024 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3026 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3027 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3028 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3029 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3030 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3032 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3033 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3034 Only documentation strings are checked.
3035 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3037 a separate buffer." t nil)
3039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3040 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3041 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3042 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3043 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3046 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3047 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3048 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3049 if there is one." t nil)
3051 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3052 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3053 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3054 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3056 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3058 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3059 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3060 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3062 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3063 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3064 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3065 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3066 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3068 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3069 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3070 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3071 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3072 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3073 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3075 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3076 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3077 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3078 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3081 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3082 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3086 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3087 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3090 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3091 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3092 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3093 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3095 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3096 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3097 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3098 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3100 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3101 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3102 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3103 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3106 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3107 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3108 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3111 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3112 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3115 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3116 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3117 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3118 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3121 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3122 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3124 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3125 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3126 checking of documentation strings.
3128 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3132 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3133 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15192
3135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3137 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3138 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3139 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3141 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3142 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3144 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3145 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3146 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3148 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3149 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3153 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3154 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 34675))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3157 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3158 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3159 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3160 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3161 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3162 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3164 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3165 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3166 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3167 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3168 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3170 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3172 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3173 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3174 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3175 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3176 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3178 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3179 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3180 \\{command-history-map}
3182 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3183 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15295 53549))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3190 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3191 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3192 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3193 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3194 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3195 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3197 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3198 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3202 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3203 ;;;;;; (15226 33281))
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3206 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3211 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3214 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3215 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3216 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3217 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3219 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3220 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3221 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3223 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3224 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3228 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15192
3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3232 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3233 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3234 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3235 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3236 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3237 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3238 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3239 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3243 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3244 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3245 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15192 12231))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3248 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3249 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3250 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3253 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3254 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3255 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3256 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3258 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3259 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3260 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3262 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3263 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3264 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3266 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3267 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3270 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3271 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3273 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3274 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3275 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3277 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3278 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3280 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3281 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3283 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3284 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3285 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3289 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3290 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3291 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3292 ;;;;;; (15298 53573))
3293 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3295 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3296 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3297 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3298 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3299 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3300 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3301 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3302 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3304 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3306 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3307 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3308 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3309 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3310 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3311 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3312 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3313 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3315 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3317 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3318 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3319 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3320 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3321 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3322 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3324 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3325 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3326 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3328 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3330 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3331 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3332 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3334 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3336 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3337 Send COMMAND to current process.
3338 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3339 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3341 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3342 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3343 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3344 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3348 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15192
3350 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3352 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3353 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3354 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3355 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3357 This command pushes the mark in each window
3358 at the prior location of point in that window.
3359 If both windows display the same buffer,
3360 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3361 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3363 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3364 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3365 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3370 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3371 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3372 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15293 44864))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3375 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3376 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3378 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3379 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3381 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3382 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3383 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3384 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3385 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3387 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3388 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3389 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3390 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3391 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3393 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3394 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3395 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3396 describing how the process finished.")
3398 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3399 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3400 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3401 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3403 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3404 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3405 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3407 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3408 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3409 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3410 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3412 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3413 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3414 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3415 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3417 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3418 and move to the source code that caused it.
3420 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3421 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3423 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3424 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3425 Then start the next one.
3427 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3428 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3429 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3431 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3432 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3433 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3434 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3435 where grep found matches.
3437 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3438 easily repeat a grep command.
3440 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3441 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3442 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3443 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3445 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3446 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3447 Collect output in a buffer.
3448 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3449 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3451 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3452 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3454 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3455 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3456 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3457 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3458 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3460 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3462 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3463 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3464 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3465 See `compilation-mode'.
3466 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3468 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3469 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3470 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3471 See `compilation-mode'.
3472 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3474 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3475 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3477 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3478 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3480 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3481 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3482 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3483 and start at the first error.
3485 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3486 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3487 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3488 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3489 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3490 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3492 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3493 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3494 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3496 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3497 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3498 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3502 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3503 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3506 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3507 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3508 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3510 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3512 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3514 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3516 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3517 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3518 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3520 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3521 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3522 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3523 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3525 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3526 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3527 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3528 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3530 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3531 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3532 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3533 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3537 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3538 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3541 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3542 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3546 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3547 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3548 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3549 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3550 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3552 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3553 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3554 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3555 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3558 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3560 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3561 | | 1:tc or top-center
3562 | | 2:tr or top-right
3563 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3564 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3565 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3566 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3567 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3568 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3570 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3571 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3572 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3573 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3576 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3577 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3578 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3580 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3584 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3588 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3591 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3592 Compose characters in the current region.
3594 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3596 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3597 specifying the region.
3599 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3600 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3602 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3603 of the text in the region.
3605 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3607 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3608 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3609 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3610 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3612 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3613 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3616 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3617 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3618 text in the composition." t nil)
3620 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3621 Decompose text in the current region.
3623 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3624 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3626 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3627 Compose characters in string STRING.
3629 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3630 the characters in it.
3632 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3633 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3634 STRING respectively.
3636 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3637 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3638 `compose-region' for more detail.
3640 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3641 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3642 text in the composition." nil nil)
3644 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3645 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3647 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3648 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3649 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3650 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3651 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3652 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3653 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3654 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3656 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3657 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3659 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3660 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3662 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3663 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3665 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3666 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3668 If no composition is found, return nil.
3670 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3671 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3673 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3674 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3675 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3677 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3679 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3681 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3682 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3683 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3685 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3687 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3689 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3690 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3692 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3693 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3694 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3695 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3696 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3697 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3698 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3701 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3703 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3704 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3706 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3708 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3709 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3711 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3713 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3714 Compose last characters.
3715 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3716 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3717 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3718 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3719 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3720 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3721 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3722 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3723 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3724 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3725 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3727 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3728 Convert CHAR to string.
3729 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3731 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3732 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3733 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3737 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3738 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3741 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3742 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3743 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3745 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3746 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3747 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3749 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3750 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3751 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3752 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3754 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3759 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3760 ;;;;;; (15192 12222))
3761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3763 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3764 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3765 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3766 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3767 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3768 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3770 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3771 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3776 ;;;;;; (15192 12241))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3779 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3780 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3781 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3782 Tab indents for Perl code.
3783 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3784 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3786 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3787 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3788 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3789 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3790 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3791 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3792 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3793 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3794 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3795 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3796 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3797 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3799 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3801 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3802 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3804 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3806 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3807 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3808 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3809 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3810 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3811 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3812 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3813 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3814 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3816 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3820 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3821 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3822 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3825 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3826 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3827 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3829 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3831 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3832 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3833 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3834 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3835 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3837 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3847 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3848 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3849 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3850 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3851 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3852 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3853 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3854 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3855 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3856 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3857 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3858 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3859 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3861 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3862 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3863 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3864 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3865 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3866 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3868 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3869 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3872 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3873 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3874 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3875 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3876 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3878 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3879 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3880 span the needed amount of lines.
3882 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3883 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3884 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3885 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3887 Variables controlling indentation style:
3888 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3889 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3890 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3891 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3892 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3893 `cperl-auto-newline'
3894 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3895 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3896 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3897 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3898 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3899 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3900 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3901 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3902 `cperl-indent-level'
3903 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3904 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3905 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3906 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3907 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3908 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3909 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3910 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3911 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3912 `cperl-brace-offset'
3913 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3914 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3915 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3916 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3917 `cperl-label-offset'
3918 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3919 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3920 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3922 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3923 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3924 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3925 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3926 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3928 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3929 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3930 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3931 \(both available from menu).
3933 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3934 column 0 is indented on
3935 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3937 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3940 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3941 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3942 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3946 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3947 ;;;;;; (15192 12242))
3948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3950 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3951 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3952 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3953 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3954 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3956 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3957 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3961 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3962 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3965 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3966 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3967 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3968 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3971 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3973 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3975 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3977 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3978 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3979 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3981 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3986 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3989 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3990 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3991 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3992 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3994 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3995 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3996 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3997 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3999 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4000 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4001 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4003 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4004 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4007 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4008 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4009 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4011 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4013 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4014 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4015 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4019 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4020 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4021 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4022 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4023 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4024 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4025 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4026 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4027 ;;;;;; (15293 43517))
4028 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4029 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4031 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4032 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4034 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4035 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4037 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4038 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4040 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4043 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4045 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4046 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4048 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4049 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4051 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4052 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4054 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4055 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4057 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4059 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4060 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4061 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4062 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4064 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4065 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4067 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4068 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4070 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4071 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4073 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4075 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4076 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4077 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4078 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4079 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4081 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4082 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4084 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4085 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4087 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4089 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4090 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4092 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4093 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4094 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4095 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4096 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4098 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4099 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4102 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4104 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4105 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4106 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4108 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4109 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4110 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4113 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4115 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4116 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4118 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4119 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4121 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4122 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4123 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4124 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4125 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4126 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4127 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4130 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4131 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4133 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4134 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4136 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4137 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4139 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4140 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4141 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4142 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4143 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4144 that option." nil nil)
4146 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4147 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4148 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4149 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4150 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4151 that option." nil nil)
4153 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4154 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4156 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4157 File used for storing customization information.
4158 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4159 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4160 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4162 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4163 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4164 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4165 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4167 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4168 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4170 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4171 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4173 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4174 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4175 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4177 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4178 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4179 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4180 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4181 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4186 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15293 43517))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4189 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4190 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4192 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4193 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4194 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4196 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4198 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4199 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4200 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4202 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4210 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4211 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4216 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15192 12242))
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4219 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4220 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4222 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4223 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4224 C++ modes are included.
4226 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4228 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4231 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4232 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4234 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4235 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4237 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4241 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4242 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4243 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4244 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4246 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4247 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4249 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4250 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4252 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4253 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4254 For readability, the table is slightly
4255 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4257 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4258 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4259 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4260 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4261 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4265 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4266 ;;;;;; (15155 16524))
4267 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4269 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4271 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4273 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4274 Completion on current word.
4275 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4276 and presents suggestions for completion.
4278 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4279 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4282 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4283 then it searches *all* buffers.
4285 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4286 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4288 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4289 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4291 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4292 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4293 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4294 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4295 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4297 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4298 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4300 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4301 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4302 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4304 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4305 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4307 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15054
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4315 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4316 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4318 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4319 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4320 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4322 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4323 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4324 Data lines are not indented.
4329 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4331 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4332 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4333 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4334 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4336 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4339 Extra indentation within blocks.
4341 dcl-continuation-offset
4342 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4345 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4347 dcl-margin-label-offset
4348 Indentation for a label.
4350 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4351 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4353 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4354 dcl-block-end-regexp
4355 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4356 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4357 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4358 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4359 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4361 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4362 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4363 Two such functions are included in the package:
4364 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4365 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4367 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4368 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4369 One such function is included in the package:
4370 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4372 dcl-tab-always-indent
4373 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4374 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4377 dcl-electric-characters
4378 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4381 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4382 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4383 which words trigger electric indentation.
4386 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4387 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4388 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4390 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4391 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4392 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4393 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4395 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4396 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4397 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4398 dcl-imenu-label-call
4399 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4401 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4402 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4403 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4404 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4407 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4409 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4410 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4411 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4413 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4414 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4418 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4419 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4420 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4421 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4422 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4423 \"lined up with the command line\"
4425 Data lines are not indented at all.
4426 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4433 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4434 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4437 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4439 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4440 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4441 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4444 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4445 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4446 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4448 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4449 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4450 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4451 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4452 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4453 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4454 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4456 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4457 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4458 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4463 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4466 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4467 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4469 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4470 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4471 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4472 Upper-case letters are commands.
4474 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4477 The most useful commands are:
4478 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4479 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4480 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4481 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4482 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4483 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4487 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4488 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15192
4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4492 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4493 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4495 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4496 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4498 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4500 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4501 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4503 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15192
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4511 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4512 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4513 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4514 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4515 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4516 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4518 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4522 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4523 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4524 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4525 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4526 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4527 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4528 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4529 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4530 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4531 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4532 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4533 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4535 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4536 Directories to search when finding external units.
4537 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4538 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4542 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4543 Face used to color delphi comments.
4544 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4545 Face used to color delphi strings.
4546 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4547 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4548 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4549 Face used to color everything else.
4551 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4552 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15209
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4560 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4562 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4563 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4564 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4566 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4568 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4570 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4572 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4573 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4574 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4577 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4578 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4579 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4580 any selection." t nil)
4584 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4585 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15293 42332))
4586 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4588 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4589 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4591 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4593 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4594 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4595 or nil if there is no parent.
4596 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4597 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4598 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4599 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4600 hooks for the new mode.
4602 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4604 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4606 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4607 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4608 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4610 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4611 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4613 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4614 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4615 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4617 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4618 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4620 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4621 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4622 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4623 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4624 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4629 ;;;;;; (15225 9712))
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4632 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4633 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4634 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4636 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4637 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4638 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4639 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4643 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4644 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4645 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4646 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4647 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4648 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4649 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4650 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4653 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4654 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4655 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4657 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4658 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4659 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4661 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4662 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4663 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4664 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4666 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4667 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4668 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4669 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4671 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4672 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4674 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4675 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4676 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4678 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4679 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4681 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4683 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4685 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4687 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4688 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4690 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4692 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4693 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4695 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4697 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4699 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (15293 58088))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4707 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4708 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4709 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4710 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4711 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4713 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4714 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4715 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4717 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4718 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4719 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4720 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4723 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4725 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4726 european-calendar-style t \\
4727 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4728 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4729 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4731 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4732 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4733 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4734 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4739 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15223 37888))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4742 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4743 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4745 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4746 *The command to use to run diff.")
4748 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4749 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4750 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4751 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4752 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4754 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4755 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4756 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4757 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4758 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4762 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4763 ;;;;;; (15279 8859))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4766 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4767 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4768 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4770 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4778 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4779 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4780 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4781 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4782 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15279 8859))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4785 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4786 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4787 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4788 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4789 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4791 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4792 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4794 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4795 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4796 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4797 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4798 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4800 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4801 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4803 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4804 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4805 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4806 always set this variable to t.")
4808 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4809 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4810 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4811 A value of t means move to first file.")
4813 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4814 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4815 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4816 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4817 are afterward marked with that character.")
4819 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4820 *Controls marking of copied files.
4821 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4822 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4825 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4826 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4827 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4829 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4830 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4831 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4832 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4834 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4835 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4836 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4837 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4839 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4841 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4842 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4843 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4844 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4846 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4847 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4848 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4849 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4850 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4851 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4852 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4853 list of files to make directory entries for.
4854 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4855 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4856 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4857 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4859 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4860 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4862 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4863 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4864 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4866 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4867 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4869 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4870 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4874 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4875 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4876 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4877 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4878 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4879 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4880 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4881 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4882 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4883 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4884 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4885 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4886 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15279 8859))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4889 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4890 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4891 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4892 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4893 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4894 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4895 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4897 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4898 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4899 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4900 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4901 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4902 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4905 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4906 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4908 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4909 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4911 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4912 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4914 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4915 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4916 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4917 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4919 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4920 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4921 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4922 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4923 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4925 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4927 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4928 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4929 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4931 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4932 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4933 instead of at the end of the command.
4935 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4936 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4937 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4939 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4940 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4942 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4943 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4945 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4946 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4947 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4948 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4949 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4950 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4952 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4954 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4955 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4957 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4958 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4960 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4961 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4963 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4964 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4965 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4966 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4968 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4970 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4972 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4974 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4976 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4978 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4979 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4981 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4982 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4983 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4984 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4985 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4986 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4987 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4988 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4989 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4991 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4992 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4993 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4994 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4995 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4996 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4997 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4998 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5000 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5001 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5002 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5003 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5004 and new hard links are made in that directory
5005 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5006 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5007 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5009 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5010 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5011 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5012 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5013 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5014 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5016 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5017 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5019 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5020 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5021 file if none are marked.
5023 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5024 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5025 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5026 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5028 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5029 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5031 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5032 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5033 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5035 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5036 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5037 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5039 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5040 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5041 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5043 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5044 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5046 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5047 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5049 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5050 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5051 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5052 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5053 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5054 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5056 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5058 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5059 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5060 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5061 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5062 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5063 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5065 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5067 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5068 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5069 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5071 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5072 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5073 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5074 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5076 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5077 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5078 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5079 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5081 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5082 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5083 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5085 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5086 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5088 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5089 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5091 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5092 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5093 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5094 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5096 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5097 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5098 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5099 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5101 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5102 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5103 Stops when a match is found.
5104 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5106 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5107 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5108 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5109 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5110 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5112 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5113 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5114 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5115 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5119 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15246 17699))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5122 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5123 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5124 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5125 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5126 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5127 buffer and try again." t nil)
5131 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15054 32525))
5132 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5134 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5135 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5136 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5138 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5140 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5141 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5143 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5144 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5149 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5153 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5154 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5155 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5156 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5157 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5158 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5162 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5163 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5164 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5165 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5166 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15192 12208))
5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5169 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5170 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5172 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5173 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5174 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5175 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5176 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5178 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5179 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5180 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5181 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5182 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5184 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5185 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5187 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5188 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5190 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5191 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5193 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5194 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5196 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5197 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5199 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5200 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5201 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5202 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5204 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5205 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5206 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5209 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5210 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5212 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5213 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5215 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5216 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5218 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5219 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5220 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5221 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5223 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5224 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5225 European character display.
5227 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5228 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5229 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5230 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5232 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5233 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5234 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5235 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5236 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5240 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5241 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
5242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5244 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5245 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5246 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5247 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5248 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5249 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5250 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5251 Default is 2." t nil)
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15192 12238))
5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5258 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5259 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5264 ;;;;;; (15192 12208))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5267 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5270 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5272 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5274 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5276 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5278 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5280 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5281 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5285 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15192 12238))
5286 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5288 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5289 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5294 ;;;;;; (15232 65306))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5297 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5298 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5302 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5303 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15223 37895))
5305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5307 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5309 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5310 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5311 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5312 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5314 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5315 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5316 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5317 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5318 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5319 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5320 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5321 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5324 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5325 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5326 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5327 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5328 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5329 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5330 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5331 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5332 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5334 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5335 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5336 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5337 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5338 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5339 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5341 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5342 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5343 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5344 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5345 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5346 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5347 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5349 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5351 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5352 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5353 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5357 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5358 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15192
5360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5362 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5364 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5365 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5366 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5367 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5369 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5370 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5374 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5379 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5380 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5384 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5385 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5387 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5389 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5391 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5393 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5394 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5396 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5397 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5399 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5401 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5403 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5407 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5408 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5409 computed automatically.
5410 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5414 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5416 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5417 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5418 keyboard equivalent.
5422 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5423 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5427 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5428 expression has a non-nil value.
5432 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5433 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5437 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5441 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5442 radio: A radio button.
5443 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5444 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5446 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5450 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5451 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5455 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5457 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5458 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5459 as a solid horizontal line.
5461 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5463 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5465 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5466 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5467 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5468 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5470 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5471 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5472 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5473 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5474 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5475 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5477 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5478 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5479 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5481 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5482 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5486 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5487 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5488 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5489 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5490 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15281 51220))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5493 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5494 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5496 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5497 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5499 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5500 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5503 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5504 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5505 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5506 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5508 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5509 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5510 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5512 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5513 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5514 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5515 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5517 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5519 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5520 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5521 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5523 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5525 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5526 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5528 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5529 The EPS file name has the following form:
5531 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5533 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5534 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5536 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5537 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5538 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5539 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5541 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5543 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5544 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5546 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5547 The EPS file name has the following form:
5549 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5551 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5552 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5554 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5555 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5556 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5557 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5559 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5561 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5563 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5564 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5566 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5567 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5569 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5570 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5572 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5573 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5575 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5576 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5578 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5579 Set STYLE to current style.
5581 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5583 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5584 Reset current style.
5586 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5588 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5589 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5591 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5593 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5594 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5596 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5600 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5601 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5602 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5603 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5604 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5605 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15192 12243))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5608 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5609 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5610 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5611 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5612 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5613 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5615 Tree mode key bindings:
5616 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5618 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5619 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5621 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5622 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5623 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5624 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5627 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5628 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5629 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5630 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5632 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5633 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5634 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5636 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5637 Search for call sites of a member.
5638 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5639 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5640 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5641 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5643 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5644 Move backward in the position stack.
5645 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5647 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5648 Move forward in the position stack.
5649 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5651 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5652 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5654 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5655 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5657 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5658 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5659 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5660 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5662 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5663 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5667 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5668 ;;;;;; (15238 19581))
5669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5671 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5672 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5673 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5674 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5676 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5677 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5678 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5680 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5681 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5682 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5684 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5686 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5691 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15192 12208))
5692 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5694 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5695 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5696 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5701 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15292 25969))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5704 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5705 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5706 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5707 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5708 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5710 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5711 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5712 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5713 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5715 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5716 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5717 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5718 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5720 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5721 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5722 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5723 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5725 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5727 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5728 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5729 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5730 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5731 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5735 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5736 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5737 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5738 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5739 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5740 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5741 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5742 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5743 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5744 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15195 56516))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5747 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5748 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5750 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5751 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5753 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5755 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5757 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5758 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5760 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5762 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5763 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5765 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5767 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5768 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5769 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5770 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5772 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5774 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5777 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5779 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5782 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5783 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5784 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5786 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5788 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5789 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5790 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5791 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5793 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5795 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5796 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5797 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5798 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5799 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5800 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5802 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5803 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5804 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5805 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5807 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5809 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5810 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5811 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5812 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5814 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5816 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5818 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5819 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5820 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5822 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5823 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5825 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5826 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5827 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5829 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5830 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5832 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5833 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5834 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5835 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5836 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5838 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5839 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5840 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5841 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5842 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5843 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5845 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5847 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5848 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5850 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5851 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5853 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5855 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5856 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5859 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5861 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5862 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5863 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5866 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5867 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5868 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5871 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5872 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5873 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5874 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5876 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5877 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5878 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5879 and don't ask the user.
5880 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5881 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5883 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5884 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5885 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5886 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5887 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5888 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5890 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5892 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5894 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5895 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5896 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5897 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5898 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5900 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5903 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5904 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5906 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5907 Display Ediff's manual.
5908 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5912 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5913 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5916 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15192 12209))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5923 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5925 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5927 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5932 ;;;;;; (15292 25968))
5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5935 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5936 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5938 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5942 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5943 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15195 56516))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5946 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5947 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5948 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5951 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5952 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5953 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5954 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5958 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5959 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5960 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
5961 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5962 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5964 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5965 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5966 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5968 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5969 Edit a keyboard macro.
5970 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5971 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5972 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5974 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5976 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5977 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5979 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5980 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5982 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5983 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5984 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5985 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5986 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5987 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5989 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5990 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5991 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5992 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5994 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5995 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5996 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5997 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5998 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5999 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6003 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6004 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15192 12224))
6005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6007 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6009 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6010 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6012 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6013 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6018 ;;;;;; (15054 32526))
6019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6021 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6022 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6023 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6024 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6025 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6026 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6027 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6028 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6030 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6031 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6033 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6034 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6035 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6036 this value is non-nil.
6038 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6039 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6040 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6042 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6043 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6044 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6046 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
6051 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
6052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6054 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
6055 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6057 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6058 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6059 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6060 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6061 from the documentation string if possible.
6063 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6066 This variable is buffer-local.")
6068 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6069 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
6071 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
6073 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6074 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
6075 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
6077 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
6079 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
6080 the mode, respectively." t nil)
6082 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6083 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6087 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15192
6089 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6091 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6092 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6094 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6095 an elided material again.
6097 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6101 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6102 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
6103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6105 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6106 Initialize elint." t nil)
6110 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6111 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15192
6113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6115 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6116 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6117 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6119 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6120 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6121 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6123 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6124 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6125 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6127 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6129 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6130 Display current profiling results.
6131 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6132 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6138 ;;;;;; (15251 11795))
6139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6141 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6142 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6143 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6147 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6148 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6149 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6150 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6151 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15192 12209))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6154 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6156 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6158 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6160 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6162 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6164 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6166 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6168 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6170 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6172 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6173 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6175 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6176 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6178 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6179 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6181 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6182 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6184 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6186 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6188 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6190 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6192 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6193 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6195 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6196 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6198 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6202 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6203 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
6204 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6206 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6207 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6208 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6210 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6211 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6214 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6215 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6216 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6220 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6221 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14886 12681))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6224 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6225 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6226 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6227 text/enriched format.
6228 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6230 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6231 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6235 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6237 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6239 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6243 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15192
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6247 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6248 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6250 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6254 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15192
6256 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6258 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6259 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6263 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6264 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15192 12228))
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6267 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6268 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6269 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6270 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6271 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6272 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6273 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6275 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6276 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6277 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6279 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6280 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6281 The result might be any Lisp object.
6282 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6283 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6284 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6286 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6287 Report a bug in Eshell.
6288 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6289 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6293 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6294 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6295 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6296 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6297 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6298 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6299 ;;;;;; (15128 5314))
6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6302 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6303 *File name of tags table.
6304 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6305 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6306 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6307 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6309 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6310 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6311 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6312 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6314 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6315 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6316 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6317 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6318 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6319 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6321 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6322 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6323 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6324 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6325 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6326 `auto-compression-mode').")
6328 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6329 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6330 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6331 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6332 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6334 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6335 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6336 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6337 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6339 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6340 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6341 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6342 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6343 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6345 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6346 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6347 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6348 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6350 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6351 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6352 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6353 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6354 file the tag was in." t nil)
6356 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6357 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6358 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6359 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6360 without directory names." nil nil)
6362 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6363 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6364 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6365 but does not select the buffer.
6366 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6368 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6369 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6370 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6371 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6372 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6374 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6376 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6377 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6378 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6380 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6382 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6383 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6384 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6385 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6387 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6388 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6389 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6390 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6391 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6393 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6395 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6396 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6397 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6399 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6400 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6402 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6403 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6404 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6405 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6406 around or before point.
6408 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6409 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6410 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6411 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6412 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6414 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6416 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6417 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6418 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6420 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6421 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6423 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6424 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6425 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6426 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6427 around or before point.
6429 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6430 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6431 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6432 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6433 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6435 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6437 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6438 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6439 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6441 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6442 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6444 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6445 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6446 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6448 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6449 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6450 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6451 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6452 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6454 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6456 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6457 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6458 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6460 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6461 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6462 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6464 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6465 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6467 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6468 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6469 where they were found." t nil)
6471 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6472 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6474 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6475 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6476 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6478 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6479 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6481 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6482 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6484 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6485 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6486 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6487 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6489 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6490 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6491 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6492 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6493 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6494 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6496 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6497 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6498 Stops when a match is found.
6499 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6501 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6503 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6504 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6505 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6506 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6507 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6509 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6511 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6512 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6513 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6514 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6515 directory specification." t nil)
6517 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6518 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6520 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6521 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6522 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6523 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6525 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6526 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6527 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6528 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6529 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6533 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6534 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6535 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6536 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6537 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6538 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6539 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6540 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15192 12234))
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6543 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6545 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6546 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6547 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6548 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6550 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6551 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6554 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6555 even if the buffer is read-only.
6557 See also the descriptions of the variables
6558 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6559 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6561 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6562 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6564 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6565 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6567 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6568 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6571 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6572 buffer is read-only.
6574 See also the descriptions of the variables
6575 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6576 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6578 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6579 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6580 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6582 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6583 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6585 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6586 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6588 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6589 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6591 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6592 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6593 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6594 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6596 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6597 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6598 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6599 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6601 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6602 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6603 the primary language.
6605 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6606 buffer is read-only.
6608 See also the descriptions of the variables
6609 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6610 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6612 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6613 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6614 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6615 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6617 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6618 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6621 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6622 buffer is read-only.
6624 See also the descriptions of the variables
6625 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6626 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6628 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6629 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6630 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6632 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6633 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6635 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6636 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6637 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6638 3) convert the body into SERA.
6640 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6642 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6643 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6644 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6646 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6647 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6650 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6652 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6653 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6656 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6657 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6658 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6660 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6662 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6663 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6665 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6666 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6667 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6669 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6670 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6672 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6673 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6675 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6676 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6678 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6679 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6681 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6682 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6684 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6685 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6687 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6688 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6692 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6693 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6694 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6697 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6698 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6699 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6700 server for future sessions." t nil)
6702 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6703 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6705 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6706 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6708 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6709 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6710 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6711 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6712 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6713 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6714 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6715 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6716 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6717 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6718 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6719 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6721 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6722 Display a form to query the directory server.
6723 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6724 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6726 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6727 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6728 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6730 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version
) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
6734 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6735 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6736 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15192 12237))
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6739 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
6740 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil
)
6742 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
6743 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil
)
6745 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
6746 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil
)
6748 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
6749 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil
)
6751 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
6752 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil
)
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6757 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15192 12237))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6760 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
6761 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6762 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil
)
6764 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
6765 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil
)
6769 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6770 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6773 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6774 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil
)
6778 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6779 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6780 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15223 37897))
6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6783 (autoload (quote executable-find
) "executable" "\
6784 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6785 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil
)
6787 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
6788 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6789 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6790 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6791 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6794 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
6795 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6796 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil
)
6798 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
6799 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6800 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6801 file modes." nil nil
)
6805 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6806 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15192 12210))
6807 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6809 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
6810 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6811 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6812 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6814 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6816 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6817 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6818 to generate such functions.
6820 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6821 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6822 beginning of the expanded text.
6824 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6825 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6826 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6827 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6829 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil
)
6831 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
6832 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6833 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6835 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
6836 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6837 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil
)
6838 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
6839 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 38001))
6844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6846 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
6847 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6849 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6850 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6851 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6853 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6858 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6861 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6863 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6865 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6867 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6869 f90-continuation-indent
6870 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6872 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6873 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6874 f90-indented-comment-re
6875 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6877 f90-directive-comment-re
6878 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6879 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6880 f90-break-delimiters
6881 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6882 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6883 f90-break-before-delimiters
6884 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6886 f90-beginning-ampersand
6887 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6889 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6890 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6891 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6892 f90-auto-keyword-case
6893 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6894 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6896 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6898 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6900 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6902 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6903 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil
)
6907 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6908 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6909 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6910 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6911 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6913 (define-key global-map
"\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap
)
6914 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
6916 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
6917 Menu keymap for faces.")
6919 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
6921 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
6922 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6924 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
6926 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
6927 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6929 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
6931 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6932 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6934 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6936 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6937 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6939 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6941 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6942 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6944 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6946 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6947 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6949 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6951 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6953 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6955 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6957 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6958 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6959 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6960 will not show through at all will be removed.
6962 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6964 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6965 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6967 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6968 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6969 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6971 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6972 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6973 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6974 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6975 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6976 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6977 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6978 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6980 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6981 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6982 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6983 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6984 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6985 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6986 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6987 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6989 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6990 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6991 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6992 is the menu item's name.
6994 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6995 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6997 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6998 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6999 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7001 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7002 Make the region invisible.
7003 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7004 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7006 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7007 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7008 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7009 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7011 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7012 Make the region unmodifiable.
7013 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7014 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7016 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7017 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7019 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7020 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7022 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7023 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7024 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7026 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7027 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7029 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7030 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7032 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7033 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7034 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7035 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7036 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7040 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7041 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15192 12210))
7042 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7044 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7045 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7046 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7047 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7049 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7051 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7052 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7053 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7055 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7056 - When you save the file's buffer.
7057 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7058 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7059 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7060 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7062 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7064 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7065 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7066 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7067 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7070 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7072 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7077 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7078 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15292 25972))
7079 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7081 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7082 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7083 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7084 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7086 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7087 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7089 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7090 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7091 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7092 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7094 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7095 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7096 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7097 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7098 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7100 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7101 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7102 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7103 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7104 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7105 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7106 internally by feedmail):
7108 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7109 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7110 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7111 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7113 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7114 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7115 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7116 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7117 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7121 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7122 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15155 16525))
7123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7125 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7126 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7127 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7128 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7129 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7130 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7131 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7133 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7134 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7135 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7136 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7137 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7138 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7139 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7141 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7142 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7144 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7145 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7146 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7147 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7148 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7149 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7151 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7152 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7153 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7155 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7156 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7157 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7159 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7160 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7162 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7163 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7167 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7168 ;;;;;; (14887 35754))
7169 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7171 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7172 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7173 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7174 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7175 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7176 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7177 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7178 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7179 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7180 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7185 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15192 12210))
7186 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7188 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7189 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7190 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7191 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7192 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7194 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7195 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7196 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7197 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7199 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7200 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7201 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7203 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7205 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7206 as the final argument." t nil)
7208 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7209 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7210 and run dired on those files.
7211 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7212 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7214 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7216 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7217 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7218 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7220 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7222 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7227 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7228 ;;;;;; (15173 51739))
7229 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7231 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7232 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7233 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7235 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7237 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7238 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7239 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7241 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7242 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7244 Variables of interest include:
7246 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7247 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7248 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7250 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7251 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7252 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7254 - `ff-ignore-include'
7255 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7257 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7258 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7261 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7263 - `ff-special-constructs'
7264 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7265 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7266 extracting the filename from that construct.
7268 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7269 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7271 - `ff-search-directories'
7272 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7273 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7275 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7276 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7278 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7279 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7281 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7282 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7284 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7285 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7287 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7288 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7290 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7291 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7294 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7298 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7299 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7300 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7301 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7302 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7303 ;;;;;; (15199 61891))
7304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7306 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7307 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7309 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7310 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7313 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7314 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7315 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7317 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7318 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7320 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7321 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7322 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7323 it is one of the current buffers.
7325 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7326 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7327 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7329 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7330 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7332 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7335 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7337 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7339 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7340 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7342 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7343 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7346 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7347 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7349 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7350 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7352 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7353 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7354 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7355 it is one of the current buffers.
7357 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7358 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7359 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7361 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7362 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7364 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7367 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7369 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7371 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7372 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7373 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7375 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7376 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7378 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7379 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7381 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7382 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7386 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7387 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15192 12210))
7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7390 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7391 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7393 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7394 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7397 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7402 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15192 12210))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7405 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7406 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7408 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7409 Display FILE's commentary section.
7410 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7413 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7418 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7421 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7422 Toggle flow control handling.
7423 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7424 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7426 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7427 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7428 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7429 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7430 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7431 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7435 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7436 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7437 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15279 11558))
7438 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7440 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7441 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7442 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7444 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7445 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7447 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7449 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7450 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7451 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7452 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7453 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7454 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7457 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7458 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7459 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7462 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7465 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7466 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7467 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7469 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7471 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7472 in your .emacs file.
7474 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7476 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7478 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7480 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7481 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7483 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7484 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7486 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7487 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7491 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7492 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7493 ;;;;;; (15192 12210))
7494 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7496 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7497 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7499 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7500 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7502 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7503 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7505 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7506 of two major techniques:
7508 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7509 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7510 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7512 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7513 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7514 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7517 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7518 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7519 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7520 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7521 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7524 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7525 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7527 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7529 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7530 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7531 \(This is the default.)
7533 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7534 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7536 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7537 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7539 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7540 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7542 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7543 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7544 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7545 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7546 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7547 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7549 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7550 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7551 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7553 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7554 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7555 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7560 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7561 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15280 18506))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7564 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7566 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7567 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7568 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7569 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7571 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7573 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7575 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7576 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7577 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7578 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7580 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7581 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7583 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7584 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7586 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7588 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7589 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7590 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7592 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7594 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7595 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7596 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7597 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7598 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7599 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7601 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7602 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7604 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7605 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7607 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7608 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7609 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7611 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7612 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7614 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7615 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7616 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7618 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7619 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7620 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7622 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7623 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7625 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7626 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7627 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7628 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7629 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7630 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7631 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7632 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7633 end of the current highlighting list.
7637 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7638 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7639 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7641 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7642 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7644 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7645 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7646 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7648 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7649 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7650 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7652 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7653 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7655 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7656 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7658 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7659 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7660 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7662 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7663 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7664 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7666 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7668 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7670 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7672 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7673 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7674 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7675 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7676 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7678 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7679 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7684 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7687 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7688 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7689 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7690 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7691 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7693 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7696 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7697 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7699 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15192
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7707 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7708 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7709 \\<message-mode-map>
7713 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7714 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7715 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7716 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7717 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7718 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7723 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7724 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15192 12211))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7727 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7728 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7730 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7731 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7732 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7733 C-c < forms-first-record <
7734 C-c > forms-last-record >
7735 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7736 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7737 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7738 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7739 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7740 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7741 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7742 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7743 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7744 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7747 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7748 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7750 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7751 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7755 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7756 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15192 12243))
7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7759 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7760 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7761 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7762 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7763 with a character in column 6.")
7765 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7766 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7767 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7768 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7770 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7774 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7776 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7779 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7780 set this to the string \"!\".
7782 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7784 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7785 `fortran-structure-indent'
7786 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7788 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7789 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7790 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7791 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7792 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7793 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7794 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7795 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7796 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7797 (for TAB format continuation style).
7798 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7799 indentation for a line of code.
7801 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7802 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7803 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7804 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7805 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7806 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7807 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7808 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7809 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7810 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7811 column 5. (default 1)
7812 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7813 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7814 statements. (default nil)
7815 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7816 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7817 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7818 statement. (default nil)
7819 `fortran-continuation-string'
7820 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7821 line. (default \"$\")
7822 `fortran-comment-region'
7823 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7824 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7825 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7826 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7827 as typed. (default t)
7828 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7829 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7832 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7833 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7837 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7838 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15197 18454))
7839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7841 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7842 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7844 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7845 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7847 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7848 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7850 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7851 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7853 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7854 Compile fortune file.
7856 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7857 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7859 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7860 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7862 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7863 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7864 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7865 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7867 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7868 Display a fortune cookie.
7870 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7871 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7872 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7873 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7878 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
7879 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7881 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7882 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7884 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7885 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7887 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7888 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7891 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7892 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7893 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7894 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7895 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7896 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7898 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7899 Each keyword should be a string.
7901 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7902 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7904 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7905 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7906 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7908 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7910 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7912 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7913 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7914 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7915 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7917 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7918 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7922 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7923 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7926 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7927 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7928 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7929 at places they belong to." t nil)
7933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7934 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15251 43415))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7937 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7938 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7940 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7942 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7943 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7944 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7945 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7946 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7948 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7949 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7951 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7952 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7954 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7956 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7957 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7958 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7963 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7964 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
7965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7967 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7968 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7970 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7971 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7973 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7974 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7975 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7976 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7980 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7981 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7982 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7984 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7985 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7987 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7992 ;;;;;; (15271 23340))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7995 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7996 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8001 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8004 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8005 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8010 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8014 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8015 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8018 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8021 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8023 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8024 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8028 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8029 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 60440))
8030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8032 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8033 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8034 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8036 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8037 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8041 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8042 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8045 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8047 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8048 Run batched scoring.
8049 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8054 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15192 12228))
8055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8057 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8059 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8060 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8062 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8067 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8068 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8071 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8072 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8073 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8074 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8077 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8078 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8079 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8080 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8082 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8083 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8084 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8085 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8086 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8087 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8088 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8089 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8090 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8091 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8094 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8095 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8097 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8098 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8100 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8101 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8102 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8104 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8106 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8107 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
8108 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
8110 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8112 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8113 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8114 existing groups are considered.
8116 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8117 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8120 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8121 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8122 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8123 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8124 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8125 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8126 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8127 clauses will be generated.
8129 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8130 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8131 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8132 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8133 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8134 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8136 For example, given the following group parameters:
8139 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8140 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8142 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8143 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8144 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8145 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8147 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8149 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8151 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8153 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8154 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8155 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8160 ;;;;;; (14791 59015))
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8163 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8164 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8165 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8173 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8174 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8175 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8176 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8178 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8187 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8188 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8189 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8192 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8193 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8194 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8199 ;;;;;; (14791 59020))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8202 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8203 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8204 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8205 for matching on group names.
8207 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8208 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8210 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8212 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8217 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8220 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8221 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8226 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15209 13375))
8227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8229 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8230 Unload all Gnus features.
8231 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8232 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8233 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8235 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8236 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8241 ;;;;;; (15275 13005))
8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8244 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8245 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8249 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15155 16528))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8252 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8253 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8254 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8255 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8256 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8258 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8259 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8260 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8262 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8263 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8264 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8268 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8269 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15293 42343))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8272 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8273 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8274 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8275 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8276 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8278 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8279 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8280 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8281 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8282 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8284 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8285 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8286 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8288 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8290 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8291 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8295 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 25968))
8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8298 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8299 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8300 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8301 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8302 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8306 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8307 ;;;;;; (15263 18995))
8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8310 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8311 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8313 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8315 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8316 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8317 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8318 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8320 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8321 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8322 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8323 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8325 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8326 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8327 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8328 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8330 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8331 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8333 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8334 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8335 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8336 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8338 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8339 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8340 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8341 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8343 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8344 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8345 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8346 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8347 between it and it's value." t nil)
8348 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15192
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8356 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8357 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8358 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8359 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8361 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8362 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8363 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8364 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8369 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8372 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8373 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8375 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8376 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8377 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8378 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8380 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8383 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8384 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8385 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8386 to be updated." t nil)
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-mode) "help" "help.el" (15298 55781))
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from help.el
8393 (autoload (quote describe-mode) "help" "\
8394 Display documentation of current major mode and minor modes.
8395 The major mode description comes first, followed by the minor modes,
8396 each on a separate page.
8397 For this to work correctly for a minor mode, the mode's indicator variable
8398 \(listed in `minor-mode-alist') must also be a function whose documentation
8399 describes the minor mode." t nil)
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function
8404 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "help-funs.el"
8405 ;;;;;; (15298 55608))
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-funs.el
8408 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "\
8409 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8410 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8411 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8412 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8413 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8415 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-funs" "\
8416 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8417 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8418 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8419 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `.elc' or `.el'
8420 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8422 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8423 is used instead of `load-path'.
8425 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8426 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8427 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8429 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-funs" "\
8430 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8432 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-funs" "\
8433 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8434 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8436 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-funs" "\
8437 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8438 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8439 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8440 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8445 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8448 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8449 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8450 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8451 and window listing and describing the options.
8452 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8453 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8457 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8458 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8459 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15298 54621))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8462 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8463 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8464 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8466 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8468 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8470 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8472 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8473 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8475 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8476 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8477 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8478 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared." nil nil)
8480 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8481 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8483 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8484 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8485 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8486 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8487 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8488 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8490 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8491 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8492 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8493 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8495 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8496 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8499 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8500 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8501 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8502 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8503 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8504 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8506 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8507 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8508 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8509 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8510 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8512 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8513 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8517 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15192 12223))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8521 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8522 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8524 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8525 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8530 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15279 8859))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8533 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8534 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8535 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8536 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8537 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8539 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8540 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8542 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8543 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8544 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8545 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8547 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8548 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8551 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8556 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8557 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8558 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8559 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8560 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8561 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8562 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8563 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8564 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8565 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8566 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8567 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8568 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8569 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8570 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8572 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8573 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8574 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8576 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8579 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8581 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8582 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8583 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8585 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8586 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8587 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8589 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8590 into the buffer at the current point.
8592 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8593 into the buffer at the current point.
8595 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8596 into the buffer at the current point.
8598 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8600 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8601 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8603 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8605 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8607 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8608 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8609 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8613 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8618 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8619 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15251
8621 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8623 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8625 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8626 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8628 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8630 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8632 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8633 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8635 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8636 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8637 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8638 which can be called interactively, are:
8640 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8641 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8643 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8644 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8645 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8646 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8648 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8649 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8651 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8652 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8654 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8655 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8656 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8657 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8658 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8659 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8661 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8662 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8664 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8665 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8667 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8668 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8669 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8672 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8674 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8676 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8677 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8679 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8680 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8681 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8682 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8684 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8686 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8687 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8689 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8690 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8691 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8692 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8694 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8696 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8697 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8699 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8700 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8702 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8704 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8705 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8707 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8708 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8709 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8710 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8711 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8713 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8714 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8716 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8717 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8718 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8722 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8723 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15192 12243))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8726 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8727 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8729 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8730 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8731 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8732 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8733 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8734 how the hiding is done:
8737 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8738 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8741 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8742 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8743 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8744 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8745 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8748 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8749 #endif lines when hiding.
8751 hide-ifdef-initially
8752 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8755 hide-ifdef-read-only
8756 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8757 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8759 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8761 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8762 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8764 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8765 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8767 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8768 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8773 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15243 30330))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8776 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8777 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8779 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8780 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8781 Each element has the form
8782 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8784 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8785 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8787 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8788 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8790 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8791 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8792 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8793 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8794 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8796 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8797 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8799 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8800 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8802 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8803 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8804 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8806 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8807 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8808 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8809 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8810 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8811 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8813 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8814 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8815 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8817 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8818 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8820 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8823 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8827 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8828 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8829 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8830 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15192 12212))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8833 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8835 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8836 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8837 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8839 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8840 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8842 Without an argument:
8843 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8844 or passive state as determined by the variable
8845 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8848 With an argument ARG:
8849 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8850 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8851 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8853 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8854 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8855 not displayed in a different face.
8858 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8859 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8860 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8861 buffer with the contents of a file
8862 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8863 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8867 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8868 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8869 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8871 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8872 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8874 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8875 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8877 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8878 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8880 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8881 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8882 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8883 shown in the last face in the list.
8885 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8886 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8887 buffer to be saved):
8889 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8891 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8892 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8894 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8895 and must not be read-only.
8897 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8898 this function is called interactively.
8900 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8901 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8902 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8904 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8905 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8906 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8908 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8909 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8911 When called interactively:
8912 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8913 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8914 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8915 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8917 When called from a program:
8918 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8919 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8920 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8921 - otherwise just turn it on
8923 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8924 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8925 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8926 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8930 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8931 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8932 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8933 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8934 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15192 12212))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8937 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8938 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8939 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8940 or insert functions in this list.")
8942 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8943 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8945 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8946 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8948 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8949 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8951 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8952 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8954 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8955 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8956 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8958 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8959 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8960 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8963 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8964 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8965 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8966 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8967 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8969 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8970 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8971 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8972 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8973 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8975 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8976 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8977 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8979 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8980 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8981 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8982 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
8987 ;;;;;; (15240 62497))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8990 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8991 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8992 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8993 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8994 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8996 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
8997 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
8998 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9000 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9002 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9004 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9006 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9007 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9008 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9009 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9010 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9014 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9015 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
9016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9018 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9019 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9020 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9022 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9024 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9025 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9027 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9028 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9030 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9034 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9035 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9038 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9039 This function is obsolete.
9040 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9041 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9043 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9044 This function is obsolete.
9045 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9046 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9048 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9049 This function is obsolete.
9050 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9051 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9056 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15054 32535))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9059 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9060 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9061 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9063 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9064 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9065 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9072 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9073 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9074 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9075 Tab indents for Icon code.
9076 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9079 Variables controlling indentation style:
9080 icon-tab-always-indent
9081 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9082 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9084 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9085 inserted in Icon code.
9087 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9088 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9089 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9090 icon-continued-statement-offset
9091 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9092 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9093 icon-continued-brace-offset
9094 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9095 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9097 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9098 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9099 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9100 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9102 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9103 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9108 ;;;;;; (15192 12243))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9111 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9112 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9113 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9114 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9116 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9117 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9120 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9122 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9123 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9124 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9126 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9130 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9131 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9134 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9135 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9137 The main features of this mode are
9139 1. Indentation and Formatting
9140 --------------------------
9141 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9142 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9144 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9145 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9146 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9147 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9149 Comments are indented as follows:
9151 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9152 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9153 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9155 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9157 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9158 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9159 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9160 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9161 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9163 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9164 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9165 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9169 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9170 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9171 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9172 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9173 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9174 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9175 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9179 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9180 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9181 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9182 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9183 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9187 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9188 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9189 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9190 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9191 mixed or upper case.
9193 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9194 --------------------------------
9195 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9196 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9198 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9199 \\fu FUNCTION template
9200 \\c CASE statement template
9201 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9202 \\f FOR loop template
9203 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9204 \\w WHILE loop template
9205 \\i IF statement template
9206 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9209 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9210 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9212 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9213 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9214 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9216 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9217 -------------------------
9218 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9219 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9221 7. Automatic END completion
9222 ------------------------
9223 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9224 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9228 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9229 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9231 9. Documentation and Customization
9232 -------------------------------
9233 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9234 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9235 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9236 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9237 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9241 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9242 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9243 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9245 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9251 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9253 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9254 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9255 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9260 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9261 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15234 20126))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9264 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9265 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9266 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9267 be determined." nil nil)
9269 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9270 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9271 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9272 be determined." nil nil)
9274 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9275 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9276 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9278 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9280 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9281 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9282 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9283 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9284 use its file extension as image type.
9285 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9286 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9287 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9288 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9290 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9291 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9292 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9293 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9294 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9295 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9296 POS may be an integer or marker.
9297 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9298 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9299 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9300 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9302 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9303 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9304 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9305 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9306 defaulted if you omit it.
9307 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9308 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9309 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9310 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9312 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9313 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9314 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9315 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9317 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9318 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9320 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9322 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9323 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9324 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9325 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9326 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9327 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9328 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9329 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9332 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9334 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9335 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9337 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9338 documentation string.
9340 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9341 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9342 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9343 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9344 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9345 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9346 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9351 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9352 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9357 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9358 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15205 22594))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9361 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9362 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9363 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9364 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9366 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9367 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9368 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9369 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9371 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9372 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9373 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9374 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9376 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9377 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9378 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9379 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9381 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9382 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9384 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9385 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9386 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9387 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9389 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9390 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9391 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9393 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9395 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9397 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9399 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9400 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9401 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9402 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9404 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9405 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9406 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9411 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15192 12212))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9414 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9415 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9417 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9419 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9420 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9423 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9425 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9426 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9427 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9429 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9430 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9432 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9433 to create a buffer index.
9435 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9436 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9438 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9439 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9440 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9441 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9442 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9444 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9445 entries are not nested.
9447 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9448 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9449 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9450 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9452 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9453 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9455 The variable is buffer-local.
9457 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9458 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9459 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9461 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9462 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9463 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9466 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9468 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9469 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9471 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9472 of the current buffer as an alist.
9474 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9475 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9476 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9477 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9478 if it is a sub-alist.
9480 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9482 The variable is buffer-local.")
9484 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9486 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9487 Function for finding the next index position.
9489 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9490 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9491 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9494 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9495 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9497 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9499 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9501 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9502 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9504 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9505 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9506 It should return the name for that index item.
9508 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9510 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9512 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9513 Function to compare string with index item.
9515 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9516 non-nil if they match.
9518 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9519 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9520 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9523 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9525 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9527 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9528 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9529 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9531 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9533 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9535 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9537 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9538 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9539 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9540 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9542 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9543 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9545 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9547 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9548 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9549 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9550 for more information." t nil)
9554 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9555 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9558 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9559 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9560 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9561 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9562 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9564 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9565 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9567 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9568 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9569 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9570 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9571 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9572 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9573 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9574 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9576 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9577 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9578 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9579 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9580 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9582 This variable is only used if the variable
9583 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9585 More precise choices:
9586 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9587 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9590 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9592 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9593 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9595 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9596 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9597 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9599 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9600 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9601 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9602 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9603 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9605 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9609 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9610 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9611 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15292 25968))
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9614 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9615 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9616 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9618 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9619 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9620 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9621 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9622 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9623 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9625 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9626 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9628 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9629 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9630 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9632 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9633 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9634 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9635 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9637 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9638 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9640 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9641 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9642 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9643 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9644 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9646 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9647 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9649 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9650 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9651 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9652 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9654 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9655 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9656 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9660 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9661 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9662 ;;;;;; (15192 12212))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9665 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9666 Throw away all cached data.
9667 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9668 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9671 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9672 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9673 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9674 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9675 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9676 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9678 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9680 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9681 Display the documentation of a file.
9682 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9683 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9684 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9685 The default file name is the one found at point.
9687 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9689 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9690 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9692 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9693 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9698 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15192 12212))
9699 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9701 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9702 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9704 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9705 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9706 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9708 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9709 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9710 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9712 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9713 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9714 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9715 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9717 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9718 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9719 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9721 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9722 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9723 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9724 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9725 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9730 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9731 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
9732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9734 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9735 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9737 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9738 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9740 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9744 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9745 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9748 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9749 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9750 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9751 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9752 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9753 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9755 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9756 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9758 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9759 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9760 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9761 \"s gives German sharp s.
9762 /a gives a with ring.
9763 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9764 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9765 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9766 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9768 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9769 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9773 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9774 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9775 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9776 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15192 12231))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9779 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9780 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9781 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9782 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9784 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9785 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9786 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9787 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9789 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9790 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9791 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9792 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9794 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9795 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9796 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9797 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9799 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9800 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9801 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9802 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9804 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9805 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9806 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9807 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9809 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9810 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9811 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9812 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9814 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9815 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9816 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9817 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9819 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9820 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9821 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9822 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9824 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9825 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9827 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9828 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9830 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9831 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9836 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
9837 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9838 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9839 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9840 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9845 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9846 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9847 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9848 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9849 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15260 30414))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9852 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9853 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9855 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9856 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9858 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9859 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9861 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9862 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9863 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9864 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9866 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9867 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9868 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9870 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9872 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9874 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9876 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
9878 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
9880 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9882 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9883 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9885 Each element of this list is also a list:
9887 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9888 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9890 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9891 nil means the default dictionary.
9893 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9896 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9898 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9899 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9900 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9901 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9902 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9903 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9904 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9905 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9906 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9908 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9909 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9912 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9915 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9916 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9917 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9918 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9919 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9920 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9921 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9922 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9924 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9926 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9927 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9928 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9930 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9931 Key map for ispell menu.")
9933 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9934 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9935 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9936 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9938 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9940 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9942 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9944 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9946 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9948 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9949 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9950 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9951 Valid forms include:
9952 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9953 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9954 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9955 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9957 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9958 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9959 First list is used raw.
9960 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9962 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9963 for skipping in latex mode.")
9965 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9967 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9968 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9969 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9970 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9972 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9973 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9974 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9975 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9976 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9978 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9979 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9981 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9983 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9984 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9987 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9988 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9989 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9990 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9991 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9994 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9995 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9997 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9998 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10002 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10003 SPC: Accept word this time.
10004 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10005 `a': Accept word for this session.
10006 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10007 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10008 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10009 `?': Show these commands.
10010 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10011 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10012 the aborted check to be completed later.
10013 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10014 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10015 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10016 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10017 `C-l': redraws screen
10018 `C-r': recursive edit
10019 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10021 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10022 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10023 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10025 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10026 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10027 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10029 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10031 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10033 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10034 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10035 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10036 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10038 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10039 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10041 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10042 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10044 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10045 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10047 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10048 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
10049 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10050 sequence inside of a word.
10052 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10054 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10055 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10057 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10058 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10059 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10060 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10062 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10063 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10064 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10065 available on the net." t nil)
10067 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10068 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10069 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10071 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10072 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10074 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10075 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10077 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10078 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10079 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10080 Don't check included messages.
10082 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10083 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10084 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10086 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10087 in your .emacs file:
10088 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10089 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10090 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10091 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10093 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10094 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10095 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10099 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10100 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10101 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
10102 ;;;;;; (15244 46382))
10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10105 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10106 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
10107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10108 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10110 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10112 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10114 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10115 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10116 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10117 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10118 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10119 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10121 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10122 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10123 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10124 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10126 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10128 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10129 Switch to another buffer.
10131 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10132 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10133 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10135 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10137 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10138 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10139 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10140 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10142 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10143 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10144 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10145 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10147 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10148 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10149 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10150 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10152 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10153 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10154 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10155 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10156 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10161 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10162 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10163 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15192 12234))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10166 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10168 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10169 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10170 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10171 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10172 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10173 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10174 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10175 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10177 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10178 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10179 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10180 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10182 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10183 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10184 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10185 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10186 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10188 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10189 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10190 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10191 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10193 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10194 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10195 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10196 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10198 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10199 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10201 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10202 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10203 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10204 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10205 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10207 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10208 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10209 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10210 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10211 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10213 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10214 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10215 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10219 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15192
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10223 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10224 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10225 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10226 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10227 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10231 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10232 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15192 12212))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10235 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10236 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10237 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10239 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10241 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10243 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10245 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10246 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10247 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10248 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10250 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10251 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10255 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10256 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
10257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10259 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10260 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10261 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10263 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10264 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10265 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10266 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10269 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10270 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10271 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15192
10277 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10279 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10280 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10281 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10282 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10283 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10284 positions that contains the current selection.")
10286 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10287 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10288 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10289 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10290 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10291 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10292 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10296 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10297 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15192 12234))
10298 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10300 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10301 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10302 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10304 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10308 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10309 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10312 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10314 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10315 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10317 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10319 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10320 Start or resume an Lm game.
10321 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10322 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10324 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10325 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10326 none / 1 | yes | no
10331 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10332 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10333 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10337 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10338 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10339 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15192 12234))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10342 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10344 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10345 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10346 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10347 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10348 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10349 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10351 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10352 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10354 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10355 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10357 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10358 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10359 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10360 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10363 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10365 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10369 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10370 ;;;;;; (15054 32560))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10373 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10374 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10375 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10376 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10377 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10378 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10379 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10380 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10383 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10385 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10387 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10389 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10390 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10391 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10392 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10393 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10397 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10398 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15229 7095))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10401 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10402 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10403 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10404 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10406 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10408 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10410 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10411 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10412 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10413 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10414 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10417 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10418 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10419 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10420 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10421 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10423 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10424 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10425 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10426 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10427 slow to keep up with your typing.
10429 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10430 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10431 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10432 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10433 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10434 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10436 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10437 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10438 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10439 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10441 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10442 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10443 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10444 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10446 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10447 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10448 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10449 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10450 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10452 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10453 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10457 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10458 ;;;;;; (15192 12213))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10461 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10462 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10464 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10465 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10467 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10468 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10470 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10471 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10472 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10473 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10474 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10475 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10476 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10477 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10478 and transmit saved text.
10480 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10481 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10483 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15054 32569))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10490 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10491 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10492 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10493 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10494 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10502 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10503 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10504 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10505 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10510 ;;;;;; (15258 1046))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10513 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10514 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10515 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10517 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10518 Run the locate command with a filter.
10520 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10521 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15122 26743))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10528 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10529 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10530 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10531 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10532 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10533 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10534 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10535 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10536 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10537 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10538 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10539 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10540 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14910
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10548 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10549 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10554 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15192
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10558 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10560 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10562 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10563 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10564 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10566 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10567 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10569 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10570 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10571 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10572 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10573 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10574 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10575 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10577 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10578 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10579 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10580 switch on this list.
10581 See `lpr-command'.")
10583 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10584 *Name of program for printing a file.
10586 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10587 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10588 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10589 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10590 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10591 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10594 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10595 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10596 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10597 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10599 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10600 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10602 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10603 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10604 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10605 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10607 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10608 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10610 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10611 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10613 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10614 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10615 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10616 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10618 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10619 Paginate and print the region contents.
10621 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10622 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10623 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10624 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10626 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10627 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10629 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10630 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15192 12214))
10635 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10637 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15192
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10645 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10646 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10647 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10649 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10653 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15192
10655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10657 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10658 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10664 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10665 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15192 12214))
10666 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10668 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10669 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10670 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10671 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10672 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10674 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10675 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10676 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10677 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10679 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10680 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10681 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10682 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10685 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10686 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10688 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10689 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10690 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10691 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10692 each time the macro executes.
10693 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10694 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10695 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10696 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10697 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10698 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10699 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10701 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10702 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10703 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10705 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10706 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10707 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10710 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10711 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10713 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10714 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10715 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10716 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10717 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10719 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10722 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10723 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10724 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10726 You could enter the names in this format:
10732 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10735 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10738 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10739 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10741 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10745 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10746 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15192 12235))
10747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10749 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10750 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10751 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10752 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10754 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10755 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10756 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10757 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10758 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10760 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10761 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10762 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10763 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10765 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10766 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10770 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10771 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10772 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
10773 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10775 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10776 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10778 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10780 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10781 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10783 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10784 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10785 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10788 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10792 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10793 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10794 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15205
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10798 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10799 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10800 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10801 often correct parser.")
10803 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10805 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10806 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10807 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10808 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10810 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10811 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10812 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10813 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10815 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10816 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10817 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10818 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10820 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10821 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10822 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10823 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10824 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10825 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10830 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15293 42342))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10833 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10834 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10836 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10837 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10838 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10840 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10841 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10842 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10847 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10851 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10852 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10853 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10855 If `parens', they look like:
10856 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10857 If `angles', they look like:
10858 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10860 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10861 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10862 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10863 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10864 their `Resent-' variants.
10866 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10867 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10869 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10870 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10871 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10873 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10874 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10875 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10876 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10878 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10879 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10880 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10881 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10885 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10886 ;;;;;; (15206 24016))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10889 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10890 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10891 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10893 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10895 In the browser, use the following keys:
10897 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10899 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10901 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10902 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10904 makefile-target-colon:
10905 The string that gets appended to all target names
10906 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10907 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10909 makefile-macro-assign:
10910 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10911 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10912 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10913 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10914 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10915 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10917 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10918 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10919 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10921 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10922 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10924 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10925 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10926 up or down in the browser.
10928 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10929 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10931 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10932 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10934 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10935 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10936 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10937 has been selected in the browser.
10939 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10940 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10941 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10942 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10943 filenames are omitted.
10945 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10946 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10947 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10948 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10949 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10950 the backslash itself intact.
10951 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10952 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10954 makefile-browser-hook:
10955 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10956 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10958 makefile-special-targets-list:
10959 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10960 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10961 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10969 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10970 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10971 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15243 17691))
10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10978 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10980 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10981 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10982 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10983 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10984 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10985 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10986 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10988 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10989 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
10990 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
10991 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
10993 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10994 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10999 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11000 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
11001 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11002 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11003 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11004 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11005 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11006 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15054 32558))
11007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11009 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11010 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11012 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11014 If `parens', they look like:
11015 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11016 If `angles', they look like:
11017 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11019 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11020 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11022 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11023 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11025 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11026 *Local news organization file.")
11028 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11029 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11030 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11031 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11033 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11034 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11035 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11037 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11039 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11040 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11042 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11043 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11045 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11046 *Function for citing an original message.
11047 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11048 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11049 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11051 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11052 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11053 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11054 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11055 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11057 (defvar message-signature t "\
11058 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11059 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11060 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11061 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11063 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11064 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11065 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11066 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11068 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11070 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11071 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11072 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11073 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11074 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11075 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11076 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11077 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11078 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11079 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11080 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11081 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11082 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11083 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11084 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11085 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11086 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11087 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11088 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11089 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11090 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11091 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11092 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11093 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11094 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11096 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11097 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11098 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11100 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11101 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11103 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11104 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11106 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11107 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11109 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11110 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11111 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11113 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11114 Cancel an article you posted.
11115 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11117 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11118 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11119 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11120 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11122 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11123 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11125 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11126 Forward the current message via mail.
11127 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11128 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11130 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11131 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11134 Re-mail the current message.
11135 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11136 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11139 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11140 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11142 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11143 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11145 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11146 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11149 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11151 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11152 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11153 Works by overstriking characters.
11154 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11155 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11157 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11158 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11159 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11160 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11164 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11165 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11168 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11169 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11173 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11174 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11176 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11177 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11181 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11182 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11187 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11188 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11191 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11192 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11193 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11195 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11196 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11197 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11198 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11199 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11200 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11201 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11203 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11204 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11205 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11206 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11207 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11209 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11210 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11212 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11213 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11214 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11215 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11216 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11218 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11219 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11223 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11224 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15192 12235))
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11227 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11228 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11229 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11230 to the MH mail system.
11232 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11234 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11235 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11236 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11237 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11238 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11239 that want to create a mail buffer.
11240 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11242 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11243 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11244 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11245 to the MH mail system.
11247 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11249 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11250 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11251 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11252 using the MH mail handling system.
11253 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11256 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11258 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11260 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11261 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11262 the yanked message.
11264 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11265 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11266 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11267 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11268 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11270 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11271 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11272 inserted in a draft letter.
11274 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11275 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11277 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11281 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15281
11283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11285 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11286 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11287 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11288 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11290 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11291 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15192 12235))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11298 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11299 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15192 12235))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11306 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11308 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11310 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11312 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11317 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15192 12215))
11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11320 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11321 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11322 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11323 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11324 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11325 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11326 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11327 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11328 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11329 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11330 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11332 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11333 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11334 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11335 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11340 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15281 52713))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11343 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11344 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11345 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11347 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11349 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11351 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11353 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11354 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11355 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11356 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11357 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11358 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11359 default indication.
11361 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11362 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11367 ;;;;;; (15192 12224))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11370 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11371 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11376 ;;;;;; (15192 12230))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11379 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11380 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11381 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11382 the entire message.
11383 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11387 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11388 ;;;;;; (15223 37896))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11391 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11392 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11394 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11395 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11399 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11400 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11403 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11404 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11405 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11406 followed by the first character of the construct.
11408 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11409 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11410 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11411 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11412 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11413 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11414 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11415 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11416 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11417 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11418 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11419 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11420 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11423 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11424 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11425 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11429 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11430 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11433 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11434 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11436 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11437 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11441 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15235
11443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11445 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11446 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11447 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11448 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11450 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11452 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11454 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11456 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11457 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11458 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11459 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11460 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11461 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11463 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11464 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11465 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11466 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11467 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11469 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11470 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11472 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11473 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11475 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11477 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11478 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11479 primary selection and region." t nil)
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11486 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11487 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15192 12215))
11492 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11494 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11495 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11496 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11498 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11500 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11502 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11504 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11506 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11507 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11508 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11513 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11514 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11515 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11516 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11517 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15292 25972))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11520 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11521 Display a list of all character sets.
11523 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11524 for internal Emacs use.
11526 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11527 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11528 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11529 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11530 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11532 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11533 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11534 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11535 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11537 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11538 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11540 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11541 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11542 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11543 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11544 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11546 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11547 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11548 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11549 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11550 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11552 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11553 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11555 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11556 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11558 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11559 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11560 POS defaults to point.
11561 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11562 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11563 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11565 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11566 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11568 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11569 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11571 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11572 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11573 at the place of `..':
11574 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11575 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11576 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11577 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11578 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11579 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11580 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11581 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11582 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11583 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11584 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11585 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11586 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11587 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11588 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11589 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11591 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11592 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11594 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11595 Display a list of all coding systems.
11596 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11598 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11599 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11601 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11602 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11604 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11605 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11607 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11608 Display information of FONTSET.
11609 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11611 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11612 Display a list of all fontsets.
11613 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11614 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11615 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11617 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11618 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11620 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11621 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11623 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11624 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11625 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11626 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11628 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11629 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11630 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11632 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11633 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11634 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11639 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11640 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11641 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11642 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11643 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11644 ;;;;;; (15192 12232))
11645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11647 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11648 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11649 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11651 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11652 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11654 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11655 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11657 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11658 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11660 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11661 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11662 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11663 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11664 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11666 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11667 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11668 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11669 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11670 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11672 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11673 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11675 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11677 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11678 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11680 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11681 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11682 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11684 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11685 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11686 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11688 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11689 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11690 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11692 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11693 longer than KEYSEQ.
11694 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11696 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11697 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11698 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11699 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11700 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11701 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11702 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11703 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11704 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11705 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11706 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11708 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11709 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11711 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11712 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11714 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11715 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11717 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11718 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11720 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11721 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11723 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11724 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11725 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11726 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11728 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11729 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11730 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11731 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11733 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11734 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11735 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11736 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11740 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11741 ;;;;;; (15205 21902))
11742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11744 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11745 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11746 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11750 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11752 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11754 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11755 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11756 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11757 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11759 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11760 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11765 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11766 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11767 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11770 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11771 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11773 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11775 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11776 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11778 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11779 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11781 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11783 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11784 Run netstat program." t nil)
11786 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11787 Run the arp program." t nil)
11789 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11790 Run the route program." t nil)
11792 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11793 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11795 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11796 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11798 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11799 Run dig program." t nil)
11801 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11802 Run ftp program." t nil)
11804 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11805 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11807 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11808 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11809 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11810 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11812 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11814 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11815 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11817 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11818 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11822 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11823 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11824 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11825 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11826 ;;;;;; (15292 25968))
11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11829 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11831 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11833 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11835 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11837 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11839 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11840 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11841 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11842 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11843 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11845 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11846 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11848 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11849 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11850 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11851 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11853 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11854 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11856 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11857 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11858 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11860 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11861 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11862 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11863 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11864 column indentation or nil.
11865 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11867 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11868 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11869 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11871 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11872 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11873 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11874 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11876 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11877 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11879 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11880 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11881 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11883 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11884 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11886 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11887 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11888 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
11890 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11891 Set the comment column based on point.
11892 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11893 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11894 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11895 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11897 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11898 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11899 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11901 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11902 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11903 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11904 comment markers." t nil)
11906 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11907 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11908 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11909 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11910 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11911 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11912 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11913 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11915 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11916 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11918 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11919 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11920 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11921 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11922 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11923 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11924 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11925 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11927 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11928 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11929 This indents the body of the continued comment
11930 under the previous comment line.
11932 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11933 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11934 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11936 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11937 or comment indentation.
11939 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11940 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11944 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11948 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11949 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11950 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11951 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11952 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11953 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11957 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11958 ;;;;;; (15185 36003))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11961 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11962 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11963 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11968 ;;;;;; (14860 4779))
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11971 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11972 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11973 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11977 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11978 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11981 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11982 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11986 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11987 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 59086))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11990 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11991 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11993 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11994 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11996 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11997 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12002 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15192 12215))
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12005 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12006 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12007 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12009 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12011 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12012 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12013 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12014 to future sessions." t nil)
12016 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12017 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12018 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12019 to future sessions." t nil)
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12024 ;;;;;; (15293 42343))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12027 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12028 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12030 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12031 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12032 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12037 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12040 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12041 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12042 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12043 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12044 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12048 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12049 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12052 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12053 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12054 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12056 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12058 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12059 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12061 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12062 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12063 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12065 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12069 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12070 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12073 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12074 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12076 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12077 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12078 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12079 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12081 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12082 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12083 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12084 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12085 is why you need this mode!).
12087 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12088 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12089 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12091 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12096 \\{octave-mode-map}
12098 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12099 ==============================================
12102 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12105 octave-auto-newline
12106 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12109 octave-blink-matching-block
12110 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12111 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12113 octave-block-offset
12114 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12117 octave-continuation-offset
12118 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12121 octave-continuation-string
12122 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12123 Default is a backslash.
12125 octave-mode-startup-message
12126 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12129 octave-send-echo-input
12130 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12131 command to the inferior Octave process.
12133 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12134 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12135 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12137 octave-send-echo-input
12138 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12140 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12142 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12143 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12145 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12146 (setq auto-mode-alist
12147 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12149 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12150 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12152 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12156 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12157 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12159 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12160 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12161 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12162 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12167 ;;;;;; (15192 12215))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12170 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12171 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12172 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12174 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12175 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12176 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12177 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12178 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12180 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12184 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12185 ;;;;;; (15265 49062))
12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12188 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12189 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12190 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12191 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12193 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12194 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12195 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12196 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12198 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12199 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12200 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12201 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12202 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12203 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12205 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12206 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12208 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12209 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12210 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12211 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12212 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12213 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12214 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12215 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12216 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12217 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12218 The subheadings remain visible.
12219 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12221 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12222 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12223 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12225 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12226 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12228 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12229 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12230 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12231 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15192 12215))
12236 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12238 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12239 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12240 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12241 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12242 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12244 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12246 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12248 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12249 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12250 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12251 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12253 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12254 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12258 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12262 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12263 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12264 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12266 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12267 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12269 Other useful functions are:
12271 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12272 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12273 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12274 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12275 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12276 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12277 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12278 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12279 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12281 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12283 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12284 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12285 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12286 Indentation for case statements.
12287 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12288 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12290 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12291 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12292 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12293 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12294 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12295 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12296 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12297 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12298 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12299 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12301 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12302 pascal-separator-keywords.
12304 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12305 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12309 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12310 ;;;;;; (15223 37895))
12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12313 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12314 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12315 The keys affected are:
12316 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12317 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12318 M-Backspace does undo.
12319 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12320 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12321 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12325 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12326 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15192 12224))
12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12329 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12330 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12332 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12334 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12335 which modify the status of the mark.
12337 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12338 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12340 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12341 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12343 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12344 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12345 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12346 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12347 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12349 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12350 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12352 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12353 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12354 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12356 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12357 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12358 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12360 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12361 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12363 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12364 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12365 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12367 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12368 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12369 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12375 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12376 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12377 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12379 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12380 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12381 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12382 and cursor movement commands.
12383 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12384 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12386 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12388 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12392 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15192
12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12396 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12397 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12402 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15192 12215))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12405 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12406 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12408 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12409 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12411 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12412 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12414 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12415 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12417 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12422 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15192 12215))
12423 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12425 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12426 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12428 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12429 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12431 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12432 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12436 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15192
12438 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12440 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12441 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12442 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12443 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12444 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12445 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12449 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12450 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12451 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15192 12215))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12454 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12455 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12457 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12459 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12460 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12462 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12463 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12465 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12466 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12468 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12470 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12471 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12473 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12474 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12476 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12477 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12482 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12483 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15192
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12487 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12488 Support extensible programmable completion.
12489 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12490 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12492 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12493 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12495 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12496 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12497 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12499 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12500 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12502 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12503 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12504 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12506 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12507 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12509 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12510 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12512 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12513 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12514 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12515 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12516 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12518 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12519 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12524 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12525 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15279 8859))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12528 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12529 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12530 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12531 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12533 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12535 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12536 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12537 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12538 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12539 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12540 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12541 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12543 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12544 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12545 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12546 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12547 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12548 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12549 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12550 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12552 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12553 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12554 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12555 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12556 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12557 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12559 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12560 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12562 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12563 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12564 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12565 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12567 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12569 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12570 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12571 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12573 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12574 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12575 NIL means never do it.
12576 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12577 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12578 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12580 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12581 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12582 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15192 12216))
12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12589 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12593 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12594 ;;;;;; (15293 42343))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12597 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12598 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12599 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12600 Tab indents for Perl code.
12601 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12602 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12605 Variables controlling indentation style:
12606 `perl-tab-always-indent'
12607 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12608 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12609 `perl-tab-to-comment'
12610 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12611 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12612 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12614 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12615 `perl-indent-level'
12616 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12617 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12618 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12619 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
12620 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12621 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12622 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
12623 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12624 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12625 `perl-brace-offset'
12626 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12627 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
12628 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12629 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12630 `perl-label-offset'
12631 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12632 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
12633 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
12635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12648 ;;;;;; (15192 12247))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12651 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12652 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12653 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12654 afterwards settable by these commands:
12655 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12656 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12657 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12658 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12659 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12660 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12661 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12662 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12663 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12664 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12665 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12666 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12667 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12668 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12669 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12670 with these commands:
12671 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12672 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12673 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12674 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12675 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12676 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12677 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12678 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12679 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12680 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12681 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12682 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12683 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12684 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12685 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12686 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12687 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12688 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12689 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12690 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12691 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12692 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12693 text is saved in the kill ring.
12694 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12695 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12696 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12697 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12698 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12699 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12700 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12701 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12702 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12703 commands if invoked soon enough.
12704 You can return to the previous mode with:
12705 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12706 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12708 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12710 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12711 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12713 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12717 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15192 12239))
12718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12720 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12721 Play pong and waste time.
12722 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12723 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12725 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12727 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12732 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15254 8041))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12735 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12736 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12737 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12738 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12739 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12741 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12742 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12743 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12744 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12745 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12747 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12748 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12749 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12750 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12754 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12755 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12758 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12759 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12760 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12762 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12763 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12764 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12766 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12767 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 39402))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12774 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12775 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12776 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12780 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15192
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12784 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12785 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12787 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12789 The following variables hold user options, and can
12790 be set through the `customize' command:
12792 ps-mode-auto-indent
12795 ps-mode-print-function
12797 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12801 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12804 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12810 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12811 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12812 The keymap for this second window is:
12814 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12817 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12818 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12819 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12820 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12821 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12826 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12827 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12828 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12829 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15275 13004))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12832 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12833 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12837 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12838 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12839 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12840 changed by setting the variable
12841 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12842 The initial value of this variable is
12843 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12846 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12847 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12848 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12849 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12850 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12851 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12854 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12855 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12856 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12857 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12858 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12859 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12860 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12861 use this value, be sure to have installed
12862 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12863 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12864 documentation of this variable).
12866 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12867 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12868 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12869 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12870 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12871 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12873 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12875 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12876 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12877 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12879 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12881 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12882 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12884 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12886 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12890 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12892 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12893 the sequence." nil nil)
12895 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12896 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12898 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12901 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12905 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12907 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12908 the sequence." nil nil)
12910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12911 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12913 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12914 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12915 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12917 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12918 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12920 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12921 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12922 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12924 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12928 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12929 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12930 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12931 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12932 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12933 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15275 13004))
12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12936 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12937 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12938 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12939 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12941 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12942 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12944 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12945 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12947 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12948 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12949 sending it to the printer.
12951 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12952 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12953 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12955 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12956 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12957 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12958 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12959 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12961 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12962 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12963 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12965 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12966 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12967 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12968 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12969 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12971 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12972 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12973 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12974 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12976 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12978 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12979 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12980 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12981 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12982 so it has a way to determine color values.
12984 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12986 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12987 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12988 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12990 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12992 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12993 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12994 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12995 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12996 so it has a way to determine color values.
12998 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13000 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13001 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13003 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13004 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13005 instead of sending it to the printer.
13007 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13008 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13009 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13011 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13012 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13013 current ps-print setup.
13014 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13015 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13017 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13018 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13019 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13021 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13022 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13023 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13025 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13026 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13028 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13029 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13031 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13032 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13034 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13035 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13037 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13039 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13041 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13042 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13044 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13045 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13047 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13048 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13050 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13052 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13054 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13056 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13057 foreground and background colors respectively.
13059 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13060 bold - use bold font.
13061 italic - use italic font.
13062 underline - put a line under text.
13063 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13064 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13065 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13066 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13067 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13069 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13073 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13074 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13075 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13076 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13077 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15255 11737))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13080 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13081 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13083 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13084 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13085 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13087 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13088 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13090 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13091 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13092 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13093 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13094 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13095 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13096 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13098 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13099 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13100 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13101 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13102 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13104 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13106 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13107 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13108 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13109 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13110 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13111 list of candidates.
13113 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13114 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13115 command to be called.
13117 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13118 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13119 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13120 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13122 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13123 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13124 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13125 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13126 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13129 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13130 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13131 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13132 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13134 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13135 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13136 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13137 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13139 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13140 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13141 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13142 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13143 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13144 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13146 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13147 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13148 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13149 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13150 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13151 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13153 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13154 covers Quail translation region.
13156 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13157 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13158 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13159 for it) is inserted.
13161 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13162 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13163 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13165 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13166 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13167 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13169 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13170 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13172 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13173 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13174 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13175 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13176 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13178 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13179 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13181 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13182 keyboard type." t nil)
13184 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13185 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13186 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13187 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13188 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13189 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13190 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13191 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13192 for the translation.
13193 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13195 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13196 it is used to handle KEY.
13198 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13199 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13200 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13201 the following annotation types are supported.
13203 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13204 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13206 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13209 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13210 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13211 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13214 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13215 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13217 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13218 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13220 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13221 which to install MAP.
13223 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13225 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13226 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13228 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13229 which to install MAP.
13231 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13233 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13234 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13235 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13236 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13237 a function, or a cons.
13238 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13239 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13240 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13241 for the translation.
13242 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13243 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13244 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13245 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13246 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13248 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13249 it is used to handle KEY.
13251 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13252 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13253 current Quail package.
13255 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13256 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13258 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13259 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13261 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13262 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13264 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13266 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13267 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13269 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13270 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13271 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13272 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13273 of the Emacs source tree.
13275 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13276 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13278 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13279 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13280 of each directory." t nil)
13284 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13285 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13286 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15192
13288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13290 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13291 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13292 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13293 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13295 To make use of this do something like:
13297 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13299 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13301 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13302 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13304 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13305 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13306 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13308 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13309 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13311 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13312 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13314 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13315 is decided." t nil)
13317 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13318 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13320 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13321 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13322 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13324 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13325 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13327 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13328 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13330 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13331 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13333 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13335 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13337 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13338 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13342 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15192
13344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13346 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13347 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13348 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13352 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13353 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
13354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13356 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13357 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13362 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13363 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15210 48798))
13364 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13366 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13367 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13369 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13370 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13372 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13373 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13375 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13376 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13377 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13378 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13379 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13381 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13382 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13384 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13385 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13386 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13388 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13390 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13392 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13394 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13395 Toggle recentf mode.
13396 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13397 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13399 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13400 were operated on recently." t nil)
13404 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13405 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13406 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13407 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15292
13409 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13411 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13412 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13413 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13416 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13417 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13419 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13420 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13421 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13422 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13425 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13426 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13427 to be deleted." t nil)
13429 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13430 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13431 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13433 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13434 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13437 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13438 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13439 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13441 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13442 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13444 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13445 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13447 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13450 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13451 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13453 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13454 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13455 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13456 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13457 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13458 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13459 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13461 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13462 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13464 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13465 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13467 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13468 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13469 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13470 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13472 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13473 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13474 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13475 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13476 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13478 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13479 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13481 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13482 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13483 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13485 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13487 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13488 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13490 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13491 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13492 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13494 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13495 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13496 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13500 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13504 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15185
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13508 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13509 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13510 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13512 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13513 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13514 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13518 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13519 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13522 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13523 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13525 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13526 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13528 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13529 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13531 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13532 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13533 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13536 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13537 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13538 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13540 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13541 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13542 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13544 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13545 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13547 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13548 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13550 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13551 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13554 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13558 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13559 ;;;;;; (15192 12247))
13560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13562 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13563 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13564 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13565 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13566 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13567 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13569 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13571 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13573 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13574 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13575 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13576 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13578 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13579 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13580 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13581 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13585 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13586 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13589 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13590 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13591 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13593 To insert new phrases, use
13594 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13595 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13597 To index phrases use one of:
13599 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13600 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13601 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13602 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13603 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13605 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13606 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13608 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13610 Here are all local bindings.
13612 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13616 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13617 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
13618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13620 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13621 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13622 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13623 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13624 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13625 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13627 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13628 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13630 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13631 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13633 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13634 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13635 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13636 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15185 35996))
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13643 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13644 Repeat most recently executed command.
13645 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13646 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13647 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13649 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13650 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13651 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13655 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13656 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
13657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13659 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13660 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13662 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13663 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13664 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13665 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13666 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13667 and point is left after the salutation.
13669 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13670 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13671 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13672 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13673 left after that text.
13675 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13678 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13679 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13680 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13681 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13685 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13686 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13687 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13689 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13690 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13691 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13692 visibility of comments that precede it.
13693 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13694 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13695 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13696 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13697 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13698 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13699 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13700 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13702 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13703 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13704 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13705 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13706 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13707 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13713 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13715 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13716 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13720 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
13721 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
13722 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15298 53573))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
13725 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
13726 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13727 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
13728 If emacs is not running under a window system,
13729 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
13731 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
13732 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13733 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
13734 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
13735 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
13737 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
13738 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
13739 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13741 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
13743 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13745 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
13747 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
13748 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode
13749 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
13750 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
13751 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
13752 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
13753 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
13755 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13756 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13761 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13764 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13765 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13767 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13768 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13772 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13774 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13776 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13777 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13778 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13779 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13781 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13783 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13784 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13785 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13786 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13788 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13789 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13791 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13792 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13794 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13795 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13798 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13799 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13800 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13801 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13802 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13804 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13805 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13806 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13807 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13809 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13810 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13815 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13816 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13817 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13818 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13819 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13820 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13821 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15269 48090))
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13824 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13825 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13826 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13827 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13829 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13830 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13831 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13832 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13833 value is the user's name.)
13834 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13836 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13837 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13838 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13839 which normally happens once for each message,
13840 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13841 To make a change in this variable take effect
13842 for a message that you have already viewed,
13843 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13845 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13846 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13847 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13848 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13850 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13851 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13853 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13854 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13855 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13856 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13858 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13859 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13861 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13862 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13864 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13865 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13866 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13867 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13868 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13870 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13871 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13873 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13874 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13876 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13877 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13879 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13880 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13882 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13883 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13885 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13886 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13888 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13889 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13891 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13892 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13894 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13895 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13896 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13897 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13899 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13900 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13902 This is set to nil by default.")
13904 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13905 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13906 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13907 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13908 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13910 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13911 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13912 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13913 It is called with no argument.")
13915 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13916 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13917 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13918 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13919 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13920 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13922 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13923 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13924 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13925 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13926 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13927 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13929 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13930 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13931 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13932 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13933 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13935 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13936 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13937 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13938 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13939 MSG is the message number,
13940 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13941 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13943 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13944 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13945 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13946 this feature is required with `require'.")
13948 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13949 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13950 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13951 the message is decoded as normal way.
13953 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13954 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13955 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13957 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13958 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13959 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13961 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13962 Read and edit incoming mail.
13963 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13964 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13965 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13967 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13968 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13969 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13970 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13972 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13974 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13975 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13976 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13977 Instead, these commands are available:
13979 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13980 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13981 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13982 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13983 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13984 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13985 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13986 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13987 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13988 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13989 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13990 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13991 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13992 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13993 till a deleted message is found.
13994 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13995 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13996 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13997 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13998 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13999 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14000 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14001 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14002 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14003 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14004 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14005 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14006 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14007 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14008 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14009 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14010 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14011 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14012 (label defaults to last one specified).
14013 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14014 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14015 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14016 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14017 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14018 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14019 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14020 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14021 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14023 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14024 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14026 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14027 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14032 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14035 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14036 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14041 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14042 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15192 12236))
14043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14045 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14046 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14047 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14049 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14050 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14051 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14053 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14055 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14056 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14057 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14058 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14059 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14061 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14062 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14063 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14064 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14065 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14069 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14070 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14073 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14074 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14075 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14076 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14080 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14081 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14082 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15192 12236))
14083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14085 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14086 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14087 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14088 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14089 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14090 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14091 a file name as a string.")
14093 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14094 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14095 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14096 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14097 buffer visiting that file.
14098 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14099 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14101 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14102 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14104 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14105 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14107 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14108 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14110 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14111 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14113 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14114 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14115 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14116 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14117 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14119 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14120 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14121 will be appended with their original headers.
14123 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14124 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14126 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14127 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14129 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14131 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14132 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14133 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14137 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14138 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14139 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15192
14141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14143 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14144 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14145 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14147 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14148 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14149 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14151 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14152 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14153 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14155 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14156 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14157 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14159 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14160 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14161 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14163 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14164 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14165 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14167 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14168 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14169 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14170 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14174 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14175 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14176 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14177 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14178 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15293 42343))
14179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14181 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14182 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14184 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14185 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14187 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14188 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14190 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14191 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14192 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14194 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14195 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14196 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14197 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14198 only look in the To and From fields.
14199 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14201 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14202 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14203 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14204 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14205 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14207 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14208 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14209 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14210 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14211 look in the whole message.
14212 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14214 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14215 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14216 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14218 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14219 *Function to decode summary-line.
14221 By default, `identity' is set.")
14223 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14224 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14225 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14226 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14227 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14228 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14229 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14231 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14232 sent by you under different user names.
14233 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14235 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14239 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14240 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14243 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14244 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14245 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14246 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14251 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15192 12217))
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14254 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14255 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14256 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14258 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14259 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14262 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14264 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14265 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14269 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14270 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14271 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14272 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14273 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14276 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14277 *This variable is obsolete.")
14279 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14281 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14283 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14284 *This variable is obsolete.")
14286 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14287 *This variable is obsolete.")
14289 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14290 *This variable is obsolete.")
14292 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14293 *This variable is obsolete.")
14295 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14296 *This variable is obsolete.")
14298 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14299 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14303 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14307 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14312 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14313 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14314 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14316 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14320 matches string STRING literally.
14323 matches character CHAR literally.
14326 matches any character except a newline.
14329 matches any character
14332 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14333 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14339 matches any character not in SET
14342 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14343 in the text being matched
14346 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14350 string being matched against.
14353 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14354 string being matched against.
14357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14358 buffer being matched against.
14361 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14362 buffer being matched against.
14365 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14368 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14372 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14375 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14378 `(not word-boundary)'
14379 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14383 matches 0 through 9.
14386 matches ASCII control characters.
14389 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14392 matches space and tab only.
14395 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14399 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14403 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14404 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14407 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14408 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14411 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14414 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14417 matches anything lower-case.
14420 matches anything upper-case.
14423 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14424 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14427 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14430 matches anything that has word syntax.
14433 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14434 of the following symbols.
14436 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14437 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14440 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14441 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14442 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14443 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14444 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14446 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14447 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14448 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14450 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14451 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14453 `(category CATEGORY)'
14454 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14455 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14457 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14458 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14459 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14460 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14464 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14465 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14466 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14467 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14468 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14469 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14470 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14471 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14472 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14473 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14474 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14475 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14476 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14485 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14489 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14491 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14496 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14497 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14499 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14500 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14502 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14503 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14504 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14506 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14507 another name for `submatch'.
14509 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14510 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14511 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14512 regular expression.
14514 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14515 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14516 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14517 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14518 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14520 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14521 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14523 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14524 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14527 like `zero-or-more'.
14530 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14533 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14535 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14536 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14539 like `one-or-more'.
14542 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14545 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14547 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14548 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14551 like `zero-or-one'.
14554 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14557 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14560 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14562 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14563 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14566 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14570 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14574 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14575 ;;;;;; (15192 12245))
14576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14578 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14579 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14580 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14582 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14583 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14584 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14585 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14586 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14587 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14588 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14589 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14593 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14594 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14595 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14596 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14598 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14599 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14600 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14604 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14605 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14606 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14607 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14608 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14612 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14613 ;;;;;; (14791 59103))
14614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14616 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14617 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14618 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14620 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14624 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15192
14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14628 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14629 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14630 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14631 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14633 Interesting variables:
14635 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
14636 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14638 scribe-electric-quote
14639 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14641 scribe-electric-parenthesis
14642 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14643 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14648 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15192 12217))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14651 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14652 Control/track scroll locking.
14654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14655 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14657 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14659 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14661 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14662 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
14666 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14667 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14668 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14669 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14670 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14671 ;;;;;; (15292 25972))
14672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14674 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14675 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14677 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14679 If `parens', they look like:
14680 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14681 If `angles', they look like:
14682 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14683 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14684 derived from the envelope-from address.
14686 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14687 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14688 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14689 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14691 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14692 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14693 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14694 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14696 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14697 is a privileged operation.")
14699 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14700 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14701 This is done when the message is initialized,
14702 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14704 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14705 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14706 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14708 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14709 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14711 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14712 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14713 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14714 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14715 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14716 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14717 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14719 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14720 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14722 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14723 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14724 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14726 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14727 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14728 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14729 when you first send mail.")
14731 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14732 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14733 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14734 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14735 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14737 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14738 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14739 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14740 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14741 This file need not actually exist.")
14743 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14744 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14745 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14746 If a string, that string is inserted.
14747 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14748 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14749 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14750 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14752 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14753 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14754 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14755 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14756 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14757 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14758 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14759 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
14760 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14761 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14762 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14763 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14764 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14765 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14766 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14768 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14769 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14770 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14771 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14772 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14773 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14775 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14776 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14777 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14779 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14780 User should not set this variable manually,
14781 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14782 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14783 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14784 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14786 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14787 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14788 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14789 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14791 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14792 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14795 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14797 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14798 to move to message header fields:
14801 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14802 when the message is initialized.
14804 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14805 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14807 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14810 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14811 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14813 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14814 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14816 The second through fifth arguments,
14817 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14818 the initial contents of those header fields.
14819 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14820 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14821 original message being replied to, or else an action
14822 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14823 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14824 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14825 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14826 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14827 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14829 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14830 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14832 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14833 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14837 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15256 50712))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14840 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14841 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14842 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14843 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14844 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14845 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14847 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14851 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14852 ;;;;;; (15293 58088))
14853 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14855 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14856 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14857 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14858 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14861 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14862 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14863 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14865 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14866 your `.emacs' file.
14868 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14870 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14871 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14872 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14874 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14875 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14876 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14877 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14878 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14879 which this is based.
14881 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14883 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14884 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14885 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14886 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14888 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14889 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14890 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14892 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14893 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14894 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14895 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14897 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14898 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14899 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14900 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14902 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14904 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14905 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
14906 To work around that, do:
14907 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14909 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14913 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14914 ;;;;;; (15155 16529))
14915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14917 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14919 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14920 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14921 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14922 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14923 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14924 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14926 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14927 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14928 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14929 shell-specific features.
14931 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14932 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14933 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14935 \\[sh-case] case statement
14936 \\[sh-for] for loop
14937 \\[sh-function] function definition
14938 \\[sh-if] if statement
14939 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14940 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14941 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14942 \\[sh-select] select loop
14943 \\[sh-until] until loop
14944 \\[sh-while] while loop
14946 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14947 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14948 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14949 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14950 would indent to the way it currently is.
14951 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14952 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14955 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14956 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14957 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14958 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14959 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14960 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14962 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14964 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14966 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14967 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14968 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14970 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14971 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14973 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14977 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14978 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
14979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14981 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14982 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14984 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14985 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14986 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14987 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14990 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14992 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14994 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14995 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14996 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14998 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14999 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15001 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15002 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15003 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15004 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15005 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15006 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15007 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15010 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15011 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15012 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15013 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15014 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15016 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15017 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15018 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15023 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15192
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15027 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15028 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15029 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15030 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15031 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15032 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15033 in the cluster." t nil)
15035 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15036 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15037 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15038 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15039 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15041 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15042 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15043 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15044 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15045 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15046 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15047 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15049 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15050 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15054 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15055 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15056 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15058 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15059 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15060 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15061 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15062 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15065 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15066 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15067 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15068 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15069 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15070 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15071 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15072 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15073 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15074 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15075 discards input when it starts up.)
15076 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15077 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15078 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15081 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15082 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15083 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15085 `default-process-coding-system'.
15087 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15088 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15089 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15090 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15093 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15097 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15192
15099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15101 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15102 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15103 \\{simula-mode-map}
15104 Variables controlling indentation style:
15105 simula-tab-always-indent
15106 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15107 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15108 simula-indent-level
15109 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15110 simula-substatement-offset
15111 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15112 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15113 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15114 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15115 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15116 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15117 simula-label-offset -4711
15118 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15119 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15120 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15121 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15122 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15123 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15124 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15125 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15126 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15127 simula-electric-indent nil
15128 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15129 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15130 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15131 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15132 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15133 or nil if they should not be changed.
15134 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15135 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15136 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15137 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15139 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15140 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15142 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15143 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15148 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15149 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15150 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15151 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15153 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15154 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15156 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15157 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15158 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15159 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15160 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15162 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15163 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15164 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15165 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15166 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15167 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15168 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15170 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15171 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15174 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15175 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15176 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15177 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15178 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15179 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15180 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15182 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15183 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15186 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15187 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15189 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15190 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15191 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15192 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15194 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15195 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15196 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15197 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15199 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15200 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15201 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15203 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15204 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15206 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15207 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15209 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15210 _ interesting point, interregion here
15211 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15212 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15213 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15214 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15215 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15216 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15219 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15220 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15222 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15223 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15224 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15225 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15226 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15227 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15228 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15229 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15231 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15232 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15233 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15234 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15235 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15238 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15239 then: insert previously read string once more
15240 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15241 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15242 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15244 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15245 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15247 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15248 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15250 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15251 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15252 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15253 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15254 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15257 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15258 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15259 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15263 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15209
15265 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15267 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15268 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15269 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15273 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15274 ;;;;;; (14906 580))
15275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15277 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15278 Display textual smileys as images.
15279 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15280 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15281 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15285 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15286 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15289 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15293 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15292 25972))
15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15296 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15297 Play the Snake game.
15298 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15300 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15302 snake-mode keybindings:
15304 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15305 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15306 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15307 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15308 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15309 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15310 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
15316 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15317 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
15318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15320 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15321 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15322 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15323 Tab indents for C code.
15324 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15325 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15327 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15328 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15330 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15331 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15332 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15333 Tab indents for C code.
15334 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15335 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15337 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15338 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15342 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15343 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15344 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15192 12221))
15345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15347 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15348 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15350 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15351 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15352 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15354 For example, the form
15356 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15357 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15359 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15361 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15362 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15364 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15365 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15366 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15369 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15371 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15372 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15374 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15375 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15376 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15379 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15381 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15382 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15383 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15386 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15388 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15389 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15390 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15392 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15393 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15395 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15397 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15398 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15399 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
15405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15407 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15410 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15411 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15412 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15413 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15414 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15415 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15416 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15417 check after each move or undo)
15421 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15422 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15423 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15442 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15443 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15444 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15445 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15447 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15448 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15449 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15452 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15453 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15455 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15471 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15473 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15477 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15478 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15479 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15192 12217))
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15482 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15483 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15484 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15486 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15487 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15488 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15489 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15492 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15493 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15494 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15497 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15498 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15500 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15501 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15502 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15503 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15506 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15507 It should move point to the end of the record.
15509 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15510 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15511 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15512 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15513 starts at the beginning of the record.
15515 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15516 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15517 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15519 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15520 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15521 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15522 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15523 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15524 the sort order." t nil)
15526 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15527 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15528 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15529 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15530 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15531 the sort order." t nil)
15533 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15534 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15535 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15536 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15537 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15538 the sort order." t nil)
15540 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15541 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15542 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15543 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15544 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
15545 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15546 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15547 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15548 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15550 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15551 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15552 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15553 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15554 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15555 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15556 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15557 the sort order." t nil)
15559 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15560 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15561 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15562 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15563 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15564 is to be used for sorting.
15565 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15566 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15567 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15568 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15569 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15571 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15573 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15576 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15577 starting with the letter \"f\",
15578 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15580 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15581 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15582 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15583 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15584 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15585 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15586 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15589 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15590 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15591 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15592 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15593 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15595 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15596 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15597 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15601 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15602 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15192 12218))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15605 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15607 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15608 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15609 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15610 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15611 supported at a time.
15612 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15613 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15615 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15616 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15617 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15618 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15623 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15192 12248))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15626 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15628 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15629 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15630 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15631 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15632 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15633 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15635 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15636 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15637 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15638 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15640 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15641 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15642 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15643 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15644 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15646 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15647 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15651 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15655 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15656 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15658 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15659 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15664 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15665 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15232 65306))
15666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15668 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15669 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15671 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15672 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15674 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15676 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15678 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15680 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15681 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15682 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15683 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15684 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15685 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15686 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15687 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15689 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15691 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15692 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15693 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15694 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15696 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15697 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15698 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15699 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15701 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15702 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15703 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15705 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15706 Major mode to edit SQL.
15708 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15709 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15710 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15713 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15715 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15716 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15717 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15718 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15719 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15720 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15722 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15723 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15725 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15726 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15732 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15733 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15734 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15735 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15737 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15738 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15740 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15741 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15742 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15743 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15744 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15745 `default-process-coding-system'.
15747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15749 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15750 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15752 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15753 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15756 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15757 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15758 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15759 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15761 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15762 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15764 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15765 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15766 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15767 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15768 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15769 `default-process-coding-system'.
15771 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15773 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15774 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15776 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15777 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15780 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15781 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15783 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15787 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15788 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15789 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15791 `default-process-coding-system'.
15793 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15795 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15796 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15798 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15799 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15801 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15802 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15805 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15806 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15807 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15808 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15810 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15813 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15814 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15815 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15816 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15817 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15818 `default-process-coding-system'.
15820 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15822 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15823 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15825 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15826 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15829 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15830 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15833 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15834 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15838 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15841 `default-process-coding-system'.
15843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15845 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15846 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15852 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15853 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15855 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15856 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15860 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15863 `default-process-coding-system'.
15865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15867 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15868 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15875 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15876 as defaults, if set.
15878 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15881 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15882 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15883 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15884 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15885 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15886 `default-process-coding-system'.
15888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15890 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15891 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15893 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15894 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15897 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15898 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15899 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15900 `sql-postgres-options'.
15902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15905 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15906 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15907 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15908 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15909 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15910 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15911 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15912 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15914 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15915 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15919 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15920 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15926 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15927 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15930 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15931 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15933 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15934 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15935 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15936 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15937 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15938 `default-process-coding-system'.
15940 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15942 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15943 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15945 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15946 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15949 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15952 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15955 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
15956 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
15957 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
15958 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
15960 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15961 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15962 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15963 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15964 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15965 `default-process-coding-system'.
15967 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15971 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15972 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15973 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15974 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15975 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15976 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15979 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15980 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15982 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15984 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15986 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15988 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15989 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15990 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15991 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15992 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15993 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15995 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15997 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15998 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15999 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16000 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16001 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16002 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16003 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16005 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16006 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16007 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16008 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16009 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16010 then complete the stroke with button3.
16011 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16013 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16014 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16015 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16017 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16018 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16019 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16021 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16022 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16024 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16026 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16027 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16029 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16030 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16032 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16034 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16035 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16036 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16037 chronologically by command name.
16038 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16040 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16041 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16042 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16043 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16044 mode in all buffers when activated.
16045 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16048 > M-x global-set-stroke
16050 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16051 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16054 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16055 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16057 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16058 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16059 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16060 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16062 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16063 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16067 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
16068 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16069 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16071 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16072 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
16074 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16075 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
16079 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16080 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
16081 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16083 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16084 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16085 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16086 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16087 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16088 original message but it does require a few things:
16090 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16092 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16095 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16096 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16099 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16101 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16103 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16104 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16105 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16109 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16112 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16113 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16114 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16115 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16116 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16118 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16119 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16120 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16121 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16122 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16123 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16124 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16128 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15192 12218))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16131 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16132 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16136 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15292 25969))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16139 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16140 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16141 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16142 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16143 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16144 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16145 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16147 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16148 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16149 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16150 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16152 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16153 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15192 12245))
16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16161 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16162 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16163 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16164 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16168 Variables controlling indentation style:
16170 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16171 tcl-continued-indent-level
16172 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16174 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16175 documentation for details):
16176 tcl-tab-always-indent
16177 Controls action of TAB key.
16179 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16180 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16181 tcl-electric-hash-style
16182 Controls action of `#' key.
16183 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
16184 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
16185 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
16186 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
16187 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16188 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16190 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16191 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16192 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16196 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16198 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16199 Run inferior Tcl process.
16200 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16201 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16203 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16204 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16205 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16209 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15242 17023))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16211 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16213 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16214 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16215 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16216 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16217 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16218 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16219 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16220 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16222 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16223 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16224 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16225 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15192
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16233 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16234 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16235 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16236 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16237 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16238 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16240 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16241 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16243 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16244 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16248 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15192
16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16252 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16253 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16254 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16255 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16256 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16257 program as keyboard input.
16259 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16260 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16261 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16262 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16264 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16265 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16266 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16267 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16268 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16270 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16272 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16273 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16274 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16275 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16277 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16278 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16279 subprocess started." t nil)
16283 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15292 25972))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16286 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16287 Play the Tetris game.
16288 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16289 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16290 as to form complete rows.
16292 tetris-mode keybindings:
16293 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16294 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16295 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16296 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16297 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16298 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16299 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16300 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16301 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16308 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16309 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16310 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16311 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16312 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16313 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16314 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16317 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16318 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16320 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16321 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16322 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16323 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16324 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16326 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16327 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16328 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16329 if it matches the first line of the file,
16330 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16332 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16333 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16334 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16335 if the variable is non-nil.")
16337 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16338 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16340 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16341 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16342 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16343 See the documentation of that variable.")
16345 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16346 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16347 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16348 See the documentation of that variable.")
16350 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16351 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16352 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16353 See the documentation of that variable.")
16355 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16356 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16357 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16358 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16360 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16361 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16362 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16364 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16365 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16366 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16367 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16369 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16370 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16371 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16372 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16374 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16375 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16379 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16380 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16383 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16384 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16386 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16389 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16390 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16391 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16392 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16394 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16395 window system being used. For example,
16397 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16398 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16400 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16403 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16404 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16405 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16407 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16408 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16409 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16410 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16411 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16413 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16414 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16416 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16417 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16419 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16420 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16421 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16422 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16423 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16424 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16425 says which mode to use." t nil)
16427 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16429 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16431 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16433 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16434 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16435 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16436 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16437 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16439 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16440 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16441 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16442 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16443 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16444 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16445 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16447 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16448 mismatched $'s or braces.
16451 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16455 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16457 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16458 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16459 tex-dvi-print-command
16460 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16461 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16462 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16463 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16464 tex-dvi-view-command
16465 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16466 tex-show-queue-command
16467 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16468 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16470 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16471 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16472 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16474 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16475 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16476 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16477 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16478 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16480 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16481 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16482 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16483 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16484 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16485 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16486 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16488 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16489 mismatched $'s or braces.
16496 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16498 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16499 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16500 tex-dvi-print-command
16501 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16502 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16503 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16504 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16505 tex-dvi-view-command
16506 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16507 tex-show-queue-command
16508 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16509 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16511 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16512 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16513 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16515 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16516 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16517 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16518 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16519 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16521 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16522 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16523 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16524 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16525 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16526 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16527 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16529 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16530 mismatched $'s or braces.
16533 \\{slitex-mode-map}
16537 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16539 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16540 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16541 tex-dvi-print-command
16542 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16543 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16544 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16545 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16546 tex-dvi-view-command
16547 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16548 tex-show-queue-command
16549 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16550 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16552 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16553 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16554 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16555 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16557 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16561 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16562 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15192 12249))
16563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16565 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16566 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16567 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16568 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16570 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16571 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16572 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16574 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16575 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16576 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16577 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16578 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16580 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16581 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16582 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16583 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16585 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16586 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16587 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16588 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16590 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16591 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16595 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16596 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15192 12249))
16597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16599 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16600 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16602 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16603 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16605 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16606 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16608 It has these extra commands:
16609 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16611 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16612 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16613 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16614 modified version of TeX input format.
16616 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16617 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16618 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16619 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16621 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16622 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16623 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16624 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16625 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16626 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16627 in the Texinfo file.
16629 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16630 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16631 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16632 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16633 move forward past the closing brace.
16635 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16636 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16638 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16639 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16640 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16642 Here are the functions:
16644 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16645 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16646 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16648 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16649 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16650 texinfo-master-menu
16652 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16654 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16655 which menu descriptions are indented.
16657 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16658 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16661 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16662 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16663 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16664 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16666 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16667 be the first node in the file.
16670 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16671 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16676 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16677 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15192 12234))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16680 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16681 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16682 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16683 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16685 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16686 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16688 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16689 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16691 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16693 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16694 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16695 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16696 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16699 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16703 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16704 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16705 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15192 12218))
16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16708 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16709 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16711 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16712 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16713 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16714 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16715 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16717 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16718 a symbol as a valid THING.
16720 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16721 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16723 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16724 Return the THING at point.
16725 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16726 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16727 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16729 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16730 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16732 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16734 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16736 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16738 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16743 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16744 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16745 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16746 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15192
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16750 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16751 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16752 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16754 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16755 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16757 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16758 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16759 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16761 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16762 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16764 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16765 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16767 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16768 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16769 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16770 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16772 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16773 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16774 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16775 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16777 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16779 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16780 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16781 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16783 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16784 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16785 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16787 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16789 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16794 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16797 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16798 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16799 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16800 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16802 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16804 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16805 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16806 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16807 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16809 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16813 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16814 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15223 37890))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16817 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16818 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16820 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16821 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16822 This display updates automatically every minute.
16823 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16824 are displayed as well.
16825 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16827 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16828 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16829 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16831 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16833 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16835 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16837 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16838 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16839 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16841 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16842 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16843 are displayed as well.
16844 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16848 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16849 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
16850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16852 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16853 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16855 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16856 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16857 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16861 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16862 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15275 13004))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16865 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16866 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16867 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16868 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16869 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16870 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16871 look like one of the following:
16874 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16875 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16876 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16877 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16878 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16879 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16882 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16883 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16884 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16888 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16889 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16890 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16891 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16892 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16895 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16896 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16897 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16898 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16899 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16900 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16901 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16902 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16904 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16905 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16906 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16907 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16908 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16909 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16910 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16911 this function is called within a day.
16913 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16914 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16915 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16916 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16918 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16919 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16920 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16921 begun during the last time segment.
16923 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16924 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16925 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16926 discover the reason." t nil)
16928 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16929 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16931 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16932 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16933 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16934 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16935 project you were working on." t nil)
16937 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16938 Ask the user before clocking out.
16939 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16941 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16942 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16943 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16945 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16946 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16947 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16948 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16949 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16950 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16952 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16953 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16954 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16955 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16957 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16958 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16959 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16960 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16961 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16962 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16963 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16964 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16970 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16971 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15293 42340))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16974 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16976 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16977 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16979 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16980 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16982 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16983 Perform an action at time TIME.
16984 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16985 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16986 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16987 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16988 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16989 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16991 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16993 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16994 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16995 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16996 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16997 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16999 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17001 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17002 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17003 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17004 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17006 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17007 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17008 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17009 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17011 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17012 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17014 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17015 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17017 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17018 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17019 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17020 The call should look like:
17021 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17022 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17023 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17024 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17025 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17030 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15192 12233))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17033 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17034 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17035 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17036 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17038 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17039 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17040 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17041 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17042 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17043 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17044 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17048 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17049 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15122 26744))
17050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17051 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17052 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17053 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17055 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17056 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17057 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17058 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17059 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17061 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17062 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17063 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17064 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17065 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17067 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17068 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17069 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17070 in the menu in two ways:
17071 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17072 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17073 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17075 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17076 keymap or an alist of alists.
17077 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17078 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17083 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17084 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15192 12221))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17087 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17088 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17090 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17091 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17093 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17094 Insert new TODO list entry.
17095 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17098 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17099 List top priorities for each category.
17101 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17102 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17104 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17105 between each category." t nil)
17107 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17108 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17109 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17110 between each category.
17112 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17114 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17115 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17117 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17119 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17120 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17122 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17123 Show TODO list." t nil)
17127 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
17128 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15247 16242))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17131 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17132 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17133 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17135 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17137 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17139 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17141 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17142 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17143 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17145 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17146 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17148 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17149 Add an item to the tool bar.
17150 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17151 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17152 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17153 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17155 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17156 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17157 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17159 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17160 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17161 function." nil nil)
17163 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17164 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17165 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
17166 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
17167 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
17168 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
17169 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
17171 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17172 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17173 function." nil nil)
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17178 ;;;;;; (15122 26744))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17181 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17182 Mode for tooltip display.
17183 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17185 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17186 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17188 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17190 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17192 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15292
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17200 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17202 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17204 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17205 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17210 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15192 12224))
17211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17213 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17214 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17216 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17217 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17219 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17220 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17224 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 42342))
17225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17227 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17228 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17229 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17230 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17231 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17236 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17239 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17240 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17242 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17243 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17244 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17245 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17246 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17247 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17248 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17249 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17251 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17252 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17253 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17254 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17255 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17256 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17257 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17261 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15223 37897))
17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17264 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17265 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17266 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17268 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17269 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17270 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17271 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17272 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17273 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17274 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17276 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17277 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17278 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17279 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17281 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17283 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17284 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17285 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17286 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17287 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17288 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17289 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17291 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17292 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17294 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17297 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17299 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17303 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17304 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17305 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17306 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
17307 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17309 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17310 Toggle typing break mode.
17311 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17313 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17315 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17317 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17319 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17320 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17322 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17323 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17325 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17326 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17327 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17329 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17330 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17332 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17333 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17334 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17336 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17337 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17338 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17339 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17340 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17341 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17343 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17344 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17345 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17346 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17348 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17349 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17351 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17352 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17354 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17355 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17356 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17358 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17359 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17360 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17361 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17362 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17363 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17364 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17366 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17367 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17369 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17370 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17371 reset the keystroke counter.
17373 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17374 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17375 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17376 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17378 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17379 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17380 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17381 `type-break-schedule' command.
17383 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17384 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17385 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17386 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17387 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17388 or not to continue.
17390 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17391 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17392 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17393 approximate good values for this.
17395 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17396 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17398 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17399 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17400 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17401 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17402 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17403 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17405 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17406 a typing break occur. They include:
17408 `type-break-query-mode'
17409 `type-break-query-function'
17410 `type-break-query-interval'
17412 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17414 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17415 Take a typing break.
17417 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17418 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17420 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17421 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17423 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17424 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17425 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17426 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17428 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17429 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17431 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17432 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17433 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17434 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17435 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17436 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17437 average typing speed.)
17439 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17440 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17441 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17442 the computed maximum threshold.
17444 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17445 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17446 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17447 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17448 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17452 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15192 12249))
17454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17456 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17457 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17458 Works by overstriking underscores.
17459 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17460 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17462 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17463 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17464 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17465 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17469 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17470 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
17471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17473 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17474 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17475 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17477 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17478 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17479 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17480 following the containing message." t nil)
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17485 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17488 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17489 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17490 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17491 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17492 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17493 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17495 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17496 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17500 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17501 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17502 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17504 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17505 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17506 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17507 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17508 to refrain from editing the file
17509 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17510 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17511 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17512 in any way you like." nil nil)
17514 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17515 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17516 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17517 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17518 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17520 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17521 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17526 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15192 12231))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17529 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17530 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17531 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17532 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17534 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17535 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17536 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17540 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17541 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17542 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17543 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17544 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17545 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17546 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15281 51219))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17549 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17550 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a file has been checked out.
17553 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17554 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17557 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17558 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
17561 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17562 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
17563 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17564 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17565 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17566 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17568 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17569 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17570 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17571 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17572 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17574 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17575 Execute a version control command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17576 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17577 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17578 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17579 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17580 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17581 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17582 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17583 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17584 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17586 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17587 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
17589 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17590 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17592 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17593 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17594 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17595 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17596 lock steals will raise an error.
17598 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17600 For RCS and SCCS files:
17601 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17603 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17604 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17605 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17606 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17607 it performs a revert.
17608 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17609 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17610 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17611 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17612 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17613 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17614 the option to steal the lock.
17617 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17618 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17619 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17620 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17621 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17622 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17623 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17624 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17625 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17627 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17628 Register the current file into a version control system.
17629 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17630 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17632 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17633 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17634 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17635 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17636 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17637 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17639 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17640 Display diffs between file versions.
17641 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
17642 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
17643 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
17644 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
17646 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17647 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
17648 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17649 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
17651 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17652 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
17653 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17654 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17656 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17657 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17658 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17659 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17660 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17661 from the current branch.
17663 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17665 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17666 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17667 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17669 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17670 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17672 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17674 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17675 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17677 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17678 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17679 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17680 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17681 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17682 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17684 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17685 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17686 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17687 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17688 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17689 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17691 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17692 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17694 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17695 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
17696 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17697 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17698 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17700 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17701 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17702 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17704 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17705 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17706 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17707 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17708 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17709 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17710 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17712 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17713 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17714 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17715 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17716 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17717 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17718 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17719 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17720 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17722 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17723 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17725 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17726 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17727 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17730 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17732 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17733 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17734 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17736 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17737 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17740 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
17742 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
17743 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
17744 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
17745 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
17746 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
17747 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
17749 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
17750 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
17751 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
17752 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
17753 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes
17754 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default
17755 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from
17756 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is
17757 older than that is shown in blue.
17759 Customization variables:
17761 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17762 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17763 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17764 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15244 62593))
17769 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17770 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17771 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17772 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17774 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17778 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17779 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
17780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17782 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17783 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17784 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17786 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17790 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17791 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
17792 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17794 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17795 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17796 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17798 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17800 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17801 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17802 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17803 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17807 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17808 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17811 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17812 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17817 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17818 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17819 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17820 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17821 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17822 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17823 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17824 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17825 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17826 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17827 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17828 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17829 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17830 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17831 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17832 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17833 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17834 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17835 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17837 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17838 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17839 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17841 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17842 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17843 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17844 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17845 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17846 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17847 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17848 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17849 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17851 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17852 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17853 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17854 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17855 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17856 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17857 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17858 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17860 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17861 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17862 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17865 `--' puts a single comment.
17866 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17867 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17868 comment in between.
17869 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17871 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17872 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17874 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17875 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17876 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17877 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17878 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17879 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17880 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17881 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17882 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17883 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17884 multi-line comments.
17886 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17887 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17888 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17889 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17890 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17891 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17892 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17893 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17894 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17896 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17897 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17898 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17899 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17900 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17901 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17902 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17903 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17904 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17905 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17907 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17908 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17909 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17910 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17911 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17912 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17913 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17914 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17915 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17916 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17917 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17918 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17919 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17921 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17923 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17926 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17928 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17929 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17930 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17931 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17932 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17934 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17935 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17936 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17937 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17938 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17939 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17940 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17941 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17942 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17944 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17945 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17946 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17947 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17950 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17951 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17952 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17953 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17954 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17955 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17957 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17958 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17959 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17960 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17961 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17962 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17963 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17964 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17965 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17966 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17967 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17969 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17970 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17973 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17974 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17975 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17976 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17977 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17978 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17979 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17980 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17982 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17983 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17984 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17985 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17986 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17987 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17989 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17990 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17991 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17992 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17993 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17995 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17996 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17997 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17998 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17999 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18001 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18002 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18003 highlighted if written in lower case.
18005 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18006 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18009 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18010 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18011 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18013 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18014 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18015 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18017 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18018 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18019 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18021 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18022 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18023 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18024 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18025 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18026 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18027 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18029 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18030 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18031 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18032 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18033 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18035 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18036 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18037 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18038 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18041 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18047 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18048 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18050 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18052 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18053 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18054 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18055 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18057 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18058 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18059 version and release notes can be found.
18062 Bugs and Limitations:
18063 ---------------------
18065 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18066 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18067 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18068 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18069 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18070 does not work under XEmacs.
18073 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18074 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18079 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15192 12224))
18084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18086 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18087 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18088 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18089 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18091 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18092 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18093 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18094 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18095 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18097 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18098 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18100 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18102 * Limitations and unsupported features
18103 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18105 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18106 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18109 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18110 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18111 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18112 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18113 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18114 for undoing a repeated change command.
18115 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18116 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18117 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18120 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18121 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18122 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18123 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18124 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18125 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18126 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18127 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18129 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18134 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18135 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18136 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15192 12234))
18137 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18139 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18140 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18142 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18143 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18144 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18145 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18147 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18148 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18150 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18151 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18152 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18153 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18155 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18156 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18158 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18160 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18164 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18165 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18166 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15254
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18170 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18171 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18172 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18173 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18175 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18177 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18178 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18179 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18180 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18181 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18182 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18183 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18185 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18187 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18188 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18189 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18190 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18191 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18192 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18193 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18194 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18196 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18198 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18199 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18200 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18201 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18202 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18203 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18204 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18205 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18207 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18209 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18210 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18212 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18213 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18215 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18219 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18220 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18221 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18223 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18224 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18225 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18228 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18230 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18236 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18238 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18239 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18251 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18253 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18254 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18255 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18257 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18258 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18259 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18262 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18263 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18264 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18265 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18266 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18268 H, h, ? This message.
18269 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18270 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18271 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18272 > move to the end of buffer.
18273 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18274 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18275 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18276 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18277 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18278 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18279 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18280 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18281 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18282 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18283 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18284 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18285 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18286 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18287 Use this to view a changing file.
18288 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18289 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18290 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18292 x exchanges point and mark.
18293 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18294 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18295 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18296 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18297 ' go to position saved in character register.
18298 s do forward incremental search.
18299 r do reverse incremental search.
18300 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18301 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18302 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18303 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18304 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18305 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18306 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18307 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18308 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18309 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18310 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18311 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18312 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18313 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18314 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18316 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18317 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18318 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18319 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18320 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18321 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18322 will return to that buffer.
18324 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18326 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18327 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18328 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18329 `view-return-to-alist'.
18330 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18331 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18332 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18334 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18335 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18336 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18337 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18338 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18340 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18341 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18342 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18343 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18345 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18347 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18349 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18350 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18354 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15192 12224))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18357 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18358 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18362 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18363 ;;;;;; (15260 46307))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18366 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18367 Toggle Viper on/off.
18368 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18370 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18371 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15192 12237))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18378 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18379 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18381 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18384 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18385 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18390 ;;;;;; (15192 12219))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18393 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18395 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18396 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18397 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18399 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18401 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18403 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18405 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18406 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18407 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18408 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18410 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18411 and off otherwise." t nil)
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18416 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18417 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18418 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18419 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18420 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15234 20126))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18423 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18424 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18426 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18427 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18429 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18430 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18432 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18433 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18435 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18436 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18438 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18439 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18441 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18442 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18443 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18444 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18445 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18447 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18449 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18450 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18452 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18453 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18455 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18456 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18458 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18459 whitespace problems." t nil)
18461 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18462 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18464 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18465 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18468 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18471 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18473 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18475 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18476 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18477 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18479 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18480 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18482 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18483 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18484 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18486 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18487 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18489 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18490 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18492 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18493 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18494 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18495 replaced with TABS).
18496 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18497 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18499 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18501 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18502 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18504 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18505 i - Indentation whitespace.
18506 l - Leading whitespace.
18507 s - Space followed by Tab.
18508 t - Trailing whitespace.
18510 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18513 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18514 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18515 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18516 always they default to 8.)
18518 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18519 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18522 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18523 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18524 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18525 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18526 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18527 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18528 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18531 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18534 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18535 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18536 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18540 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18541 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15192 12219))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18544 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18545 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18547 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18548 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18550 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18551 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18553 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18554 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18555 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
18560 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15236 47779))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18563 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18564 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18565 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18567 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18568 Create widget of TYPE.
18569 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18571 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18572 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18576 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18577 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15293
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18581 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18582 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18583 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18584 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18585 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18586 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18587 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18589 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18590 Select the window above the current one.
18591 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
18592 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18593 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18594 negative ARG) of the current window.
18595 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18597 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18598 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18599 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18600 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
18601 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18602 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18603 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18605 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18606 Select the window below the current one.
18607 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18608 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18609 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18610 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18611 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18613 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18614 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18618 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18619 ;;;;;; (15185 36001))
18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18622 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18623 Toggle winner-mode.
18624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18625 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18627 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18629 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18631 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18632 Toggle Winner mode.
18633 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18637 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18638 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15296 19686))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18641 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18642 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18643 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18644 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18645 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18646 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18647 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18648 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18650 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18651 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18653 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18654 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18656 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18657 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18658 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18659 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18660 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18661 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18662 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18663 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18667 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18668 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
18669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18671 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18672 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18675 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18676 are not implemented
18677 - Options for search and replace
18678 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18679 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18681 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18684 The key bindings are:
18694 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18696 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18697 C-l ws-repeat-search
18700 C-r scroll-down-line
18707 C-y kill-complete-line
18710 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18711 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18712 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18713 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18714 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18715 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18716 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18717 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18718 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18719 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18720 C-k b ws-begin-block
18721 C-k c ws-copy-block
18722 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18724 C-k h ws-show-markers
18725 C-k i ws-indent-block
18727 C-k p ws-print-block
18730 C-k s save-some-buffers
18732 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18733 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18734 C-k v ws-move-block
18735 C-k w ws-write-block
18737 C-k y ws-delete-block
18739 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18740 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18741 C-o j justify-current-line
18744 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18745 C-o r set-fill-column
18746 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18747 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18748 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18749 C-o wo other-window
18750 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18752 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18753 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18754 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18755 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18756 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18757 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18758 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18759 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18760 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18761 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18762 C-q a ws-query-replace
18763 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18764 C-q c end-of-buffer
18767 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18769 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18770 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18771 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18772 C-q w ws-last-error
18774 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18779 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15199
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18783 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18784 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18785 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18787 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18791 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18792 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
18793 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18795 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18796 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18798 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18799 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18801 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18802 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18803 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18805 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18806 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18810 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15210 44097))
18811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18813 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18814 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18818 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18819 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15192 12237))
18820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18822 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18823 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18825 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18826 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18828 Zone-mode does two things:
18830 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18831 when saving the file
18833 - fontification" t nil)
18837 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
18838 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "uniquify.el"
18839 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "isearch.el" "files.el" "env.el" "bindings.el"
18840 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
18841 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
18842 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
18843 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
18844 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/page.el"
18845 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
18846 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/xterm.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/wyse50.el"
18847 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el"
18848 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el"
18849 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el"
18850 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
18851 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/news.el"
18852 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
18853 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
18854 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
18855 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
18856 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
18857 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
18858 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
18859 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "play/meese.el"
18860 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
18861 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
18862 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
18863 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
18864 ;;;;;; "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
18865 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el"
18866 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
18867 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
18868 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el" "language/slovak.el"
18869 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/lao.el"
18870 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/indian.el"
18871 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/european.el"
18872 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el"
18873 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/chinese.el"
18874 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
18875 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
18876 ;;;;;; "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/parse-time.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
18877 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
18878 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
18879 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
18880 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
18881 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
18882 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18883 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
18884 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
18885 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
18886 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
18887 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
18888 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
18889 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
18890 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
18891 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
18892 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
18893 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
18894 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
18895 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
18896 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
18897 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
18898 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
18899 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
18900 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
18901 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
18902 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
18903 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
18904 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
18905 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
18906 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/mlsupport.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
18907 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
18908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
18909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
18910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
18911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
18912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
18913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
18914 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
18915 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
18916 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
18917 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "net/ldap.el"
18918 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
18919 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "international/utf-8.el" "international/swedish.el"
18920 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/mule.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
18921 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el"
18922 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el"
18923 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18924 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
18925 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
18926 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "xscheme.el" "xml.el" "window.el"
18927 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "w32-fns.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el" "vmsproc.el"
18928 ;;;;;; "vms-patch.el" "version.el" "vcursor.el" "vc-hooks.el" "unused.el"
18929 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tempo.el" "tcp.el" "subdirs.el" "soundex.el"
18930 ;;;;;; "select.el" "scroll-bar.el" "saveplace.el" "s-region.el"
18931 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "register.el" "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
18932 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse.el" "mouse-drag.el"
18933 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "menu-bar.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el"
18934 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el"
18935 ;;;;;; "format.el" "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "finder-inf.el" "emacs-lock.el"
18936 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "ediff-wind.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
18937 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-diff.el" "dos-w32.el"
18938 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-fns.el" "custom.el" "cus-start.el" "cus-load.el"
18939 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el" "buff-menu.el"
18940 ;;;;;; "allout.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "simple.el" "faces.el"
18941 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "subr.el") (15298 59409 341466))
18945 ;;; Local Variables:
18946 ;;; version-control: never
18947 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18948 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18950 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here